1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
8 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
9 <mark@codesourcery.com>
10 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
11 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
13 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
15 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
16 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
17 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
18 (at your option) any later version.
20 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
21 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
22 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
23 GNU General Public License for more details.
25 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
26 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
27 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
28 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
31 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
36 #include "libiberty.h"
38 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
40 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
42 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
44 #include "coff/symconst.h"
45 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
46 #include "coff/mips.h"
50 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
51 There are three types of entry:
53 (1) absolute addresses
55 (2) SYMBOL + OFFSET addresses, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
56 (abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0)
57 (3) SYMBOL addresses, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
58 (abfd != NULL, symndx == -1)
60 Type (3) entries are treated differently for different types of GOT.
61 In the "master" GOT -- i.e. the one that describes every GOT
62 reference needed in the link -- the mips_got_entry is keyed on both
63 the symbol and the input bfd that references it. If it turns out
64 that we need multiple GOTs, we can then use this information to
65 create separate GOTs for each input bfd.
67 However, we want each of these separate GOTs to have at most one
68 entry for a given symbol, so their type (3) entries are keyed only
69 on the symbol. The input bfd given by the "abfd" field is somewhat
70 arbitrary in this case.
72 This means that when there are multiple GOTs, each GOT has a unique
73 mips_got_entry for every symbol within it. We can therefore use the
74 mips_got_entry fields (tls_type and gotidx) to track the symbol's
77 However, if it turns out that we need only a single GOT, we continue
78 to use the master GOT to describe it. There may therefore be several
79 mips_got_entries for the same symbol, each with a different input bfd.
80 We want to make sure that each symbol gets a unique GOT entry, so when
81 there's a single GOT, we use the symbol's hash entry, not the
82 mips_got_entry fields, to track a symbol's GOT index. */
85 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
87 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
88 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
92 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
94 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
95 that should be added to the symbol value. */
97 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
98 corresponding to symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
99 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
100 otherwise it is in the global area. */
101 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
104 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry: GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_IE, GOT_TLS_GD
105 or GOT_TLS_LDM. An LDM GOT entry will be a local symbol entry with
107 unsigned char tls_type;
109 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
110 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
111 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
115 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
116 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
118 struct mips_got_page_range
120 struct mips_got_page_range *next;
121 bfd_signed_vma min_addend;
122 bfd_signed_vma max_addend;
125 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
126 relocations against a given symbol. */
127 struct mips_got_page_entry
129 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
131 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info. */
133 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
134 struct mips_got_page_range *ranges;
135 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
139 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
143 /* The number of global .got entries. */
144 unsigned int global_gotno;
145 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
146 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno;
147 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
148 unsigned int tls_gotno;
149 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
150 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
151 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno;
152 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
153 unsigned int local_gotno;
154 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
155 unsigned int page_gotno;
156 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
158 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
159 unsigned int assigned_gotno;
160 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
161 struct htab *got_entries;
162 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
163 struct htab *got_page_entries;
164 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
165 unless multi-got was necessary. */
166 struct htab *bfd2got;
167 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
168 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
169 struct mips_got_info *next;
170 /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE
171 for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned. This is needed
172 because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries
173 for the LDM. It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode. */
174 bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset;
177 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
179 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
182 struct mips_got_info *g;
185 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
186 create and merge bfd's gots. */
188 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
190 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
192 /* The output bfd. */
194 /* The link information. */
195 struct bfd_link_info *info;
196 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
197 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
199 struct mips_got_info *primary;
200 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
202 struct mips_got_info *current;
203 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
205 unsigned int max_count;
206 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
207 unsigned int max_pages;
208 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
209 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
210 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
212 unsigned int global_count;
215 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
216 when laying out the GOT. */
218 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
220 struct bfd_link_info *info;
221 struct mips_got_info *g;
225 struct _mips_elf_section_data
227 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
234 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
235 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
237 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
238 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
239 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
240 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
242 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
243 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
244 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
245 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
246 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
247 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
249 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
250 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
251 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
252 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
253 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
256 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
257 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
258 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
260 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
263 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
264 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
267 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
269 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
273 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
275 to a separate trampoline section.
277 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
278 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
279 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
280 struct mips_elf_la25_stub {
281 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
282 asection *stub_section;
284 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
287 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
288 in H->root.root.u.def. */
289 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
292 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
294 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
295 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
296 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
297 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
298 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
299 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
300 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
301 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
302 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
304 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
305 the dynamic symbols. */
307 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
309 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
311 struct elf_link_hash_entry *low;
312 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
313 symbol with a GOT entry. */
314 long min_got_dynindx;
315 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
316 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
317 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
318 long max_unref_got_dynindx;
319 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
320 symbol without a GOT entry. */
321 long max_non_got_dynindx;
324 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
325 the global hash table. */
327 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
329 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
331 /* External symbol information. */
334 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
335 struct mips_elf_la25_stub *la25_stub;
337 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
339 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs;
341 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
342 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
345 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
346 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
349 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
350 being called returns a floating point value. */
351 asection *call_fp_stub;
355 #define GOT_TLS_LDM 2
357 #define GOT_TLS_TYPE 7
358 #define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40
359 #define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80
360 unsigned char tls_ie_type;
361 unsigned char tls_gd_type;
363 /* These fields are only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
364 is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
365 there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
366 structures all referring to the same GOT slot. */
367 bfd_vma tls_ie_got_offset;
368 bfd_vma tls_gd_got_offset;
370 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
371 unsigned int global_got_area : 2;
373 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
374 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
375 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
376 unsigned int got_only_for_calls : 1;
378 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
379 is against a readonly section. */
380 unsigned int readonly_reloc : 1;
382 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
383 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
384 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
385 unsigned int has_static_relocs : 1;
387 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
388 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
389 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
390 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
391 unsigned int no_fn_stub : 1;
393 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
394 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
395 unsigned int need_fn_stub : 1;
397 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
398 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
399 la25 stub is required. */
400 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches : 1;
402 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
403 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
404 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub : 1;
407 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
409 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
411 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
413 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
414 bfd_size_type procedure_count;
416 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
417 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size;
419 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
420 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
421 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head;
423 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
424 struct elf_link_hash_entry *rld_symbol;
426 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
427 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen;
429 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
430 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs;
432 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
433 bfd_boolean is_vxworks;
435 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
436 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported;
438 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
449 /* The master GOT information. */
450 struct mips_got_info *got_info;
452 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
454 struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym;
456 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
457 bfd_vma plt_header_size;
459 /* The size of a PLT entry in bytes. */
460 bfd_vma plt_entry_size;
462 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
463 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count;
465 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
466 bfd_vma function_stub_size;
468 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
469 unsigned int reserved_gotno;
471 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
472 See the comment above that structure for details. */
473 asection *strampoline;
475 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
479 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
480 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
481 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
482 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
484 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
486 asection *(*add_stub_section) (const char *, asection *, asection *);
489 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
491 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
492 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
493 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
495 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
496 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
498 /* The usual link-wide information. */
499 struct bfd_link_info *info;
502 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
506 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
508 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
510 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
511 struct elf_obj_tdata root;
513 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
516 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
517 struct mips_got_info *got;
520 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
522 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
523 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
525 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
526 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
527 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
528 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
529 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
530 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
531 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
532 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
533 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
534 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
535 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
536 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
537 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
538 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
539 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
540 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
541 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
542 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
543 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
544 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
545 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
546 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
547 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
548 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
549 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
550 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
551 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
552 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
554 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
559 struct bfd_link_info *info;
560 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
561 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
565 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
567 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] =
570 "_procedure_string_table",
571 "_procedure_table_size",
575 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
580 unsigned long id1; /* Always one? */
581 unsigned long num; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
582 unsigned long id2; /* Always two? */
583 unsigned long offset; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
584 unsigned long reserved0; /* Zero? */
585 unsigned long reserved1; /* Zero? */
594 bfd_byte reserved0[4];
595 bfd_byte reserved1[4];
596 } Elf32_External_compact_rel;
600 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
601 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
602 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
603 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
604 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
605 unsigned long vaddr; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
610 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
611 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
612 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
613 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
614 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
622 } Elf32_External_crinfo;
628 } Elf32_External_crinfo2;
630 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
632 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
633 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
634 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
635 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
636 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
637 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
638 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
639 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
641 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
642 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
643 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
644 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
645 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
647 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
648 has different meaning for each type:
651 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
652 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
653 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
654 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
657 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
658 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
659 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
660 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
662 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
663 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
664 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
665 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
667 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
668 loader for use by the static exception system. */
670 typedef struct runtime_pdr {
671 bfd_vma adr; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
672 long regmask; /* Save register mask. */
673 long regoffset; /* Save register offset. */
674 long fregmask; /* Save floating point register mask. */
675 long fregoffset; /* Save floating point register offset. */
676 long frameoffset; /* Frame size. */
677 short framereg; /* Frame pointer register. */
678 short pcreg; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
679 long irpss; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
681 struct exception_info *exception_info;/* Pointer to exception array. */
683 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
684 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
686 static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
687 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, bfd_vma, unsigned long,
688 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, int);
689 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
690 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
691 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
693 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
694 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
695 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, bfd_vma,
696 bfd_vma *, asection *);
697 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
698 (bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
699 static struct mips_got_info *mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
700 (struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
702 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
703 static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd;
705 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
706 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
707 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
708 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
709 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
711 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
712 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
713 for RM9000 for now. */
714 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
715 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
717 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
718 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
720 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
722 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
723 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
725 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
727 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
728 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
729 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
731 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
732 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
733 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
735 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
736 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
737 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
739 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
740 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
742 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
743 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
744 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
746 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
747 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
748 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
750 /* The name of the options section. */
751 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
752 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
754 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
755 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
756 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
757 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
759 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
760 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
761 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
762 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
764 /* The name of the stub section. */
765 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
767 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
768 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
769 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
771 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
772 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
773 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
775 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
776 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
777 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
779 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
780 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
781 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
783 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
784 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
785 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
787 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
788 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
789 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
791 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
792 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
793 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
795 /* Get word-sized data. */
796 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
797 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
799 /* Put out word-sized data. */
800 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
802 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
803 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
805 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
806 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
807 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
809 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
810 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
811 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
813 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
814 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
816 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
817 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
818 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
820 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
821 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
822 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
823 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
825 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
826 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
828 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
829 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
831 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
832 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
833 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
835 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
837 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
839 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
840 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
842 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
843 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
844 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
846 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
847 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
848 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
849 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
850 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
851 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
852 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
854 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
855 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
857 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
858 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
860 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
863 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
864 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
865 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
866 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
869 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
870 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
871 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
872 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
873 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
874 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
875 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
876 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
878 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
879 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
881 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
883 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
884 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
887 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
888 floating point arguments.
890 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
891 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
892 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
893 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
894 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
895 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
896 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
897 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
899 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
900 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
901 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
902 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
903 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
904 stub should be discarded.
906 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
907 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
908 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
909 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
910 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
911 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
912 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
915 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
916 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
917 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
919 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
921 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
922 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
923 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
925 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
926 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
927 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
929 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
930 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
932 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
933 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
934 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
935 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
936 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
937 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
938 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
939 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
942 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
943 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
944 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
946 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
947 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
948 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
949 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
950 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
951 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
952 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
953 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
956 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
957 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
958 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry[] =
960 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
961 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
962 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
963 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
964 0x03e0782d, /* move $15, $31 # 64-bit move (daddu) */
965 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
966 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
967 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
970 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
971 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry[] =
973 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
974 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
975 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
976 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
979 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
980 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[] =
982 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
983 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
984 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
985 0x00000000, /* nop */
986 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
990 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
991 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[] =
993 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
994 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
995 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
996 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
997 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
998 0x00000000, /* nop */
999 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1000 0x00000000 /* nop */
1003 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1004 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[] =
1006 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1007 0x00000000, /* nop */
1008 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1009 0x00000000, /* nop */
1010 0x00000000, /* nop */
1011 0x00000000 /* nop */
1014 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1015 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[] =
1017 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1018 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1021 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1024 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd *abfd, bfd_vma opcode, bfd_byte *ptr)
1026 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (opcode >> 16) & 0xffff, ptr);
1027 bfd_put_16 (abfd, opcode & 0xffff, ptr + 2);
1030 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1033 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd *abfd, const bfd_byte *ptr)
1035 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 2);
1038 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1040 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1041 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1042 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1045 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1047 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1048 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1050 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1053 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1054 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1056 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1057 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1060 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1062 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1063 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
1065 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
1069 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1071 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1072 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
1074 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
1077 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1079 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1080 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1081 struct bfd_hash_table *table, const char *string)
1083 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret =
1084 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
1086 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1089 ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry));
1091 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
1093 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1094 ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
1095 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
1099 /* Set local fields. */
1100 memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR));
1101 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1102 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1105 ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
1106 ret->fn_stub = NULL;
1107 ret->call_stub = NULL;
1108 ret->call_fp_stub = NULL;
1109 ret->tls_ie_type = GOT_NORMAL;
1110 ret->tls_gd_type = GOT_NORMAL;
1111 ret->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
1112 ret->got_only_for_calls = TRUE;
1113 ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE;
1114 ret->has_static_relocs = FALSE;
1115 ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE;
1116 ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
1117 ret->has_nonpic_branches = FALSE;
1118 ret->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
1121 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
1124 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1127 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
1129 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata),
1134 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
1136 if (!sec->used_by_bfd)
1138 struct _mips_elf_section_data *sdata;
1139 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
1141 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
1144 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
1147 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
1150 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1151 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1154 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
1155 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
1158 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
1161 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
1162 memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug));
1164 ext_hdr = bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size);
1165 if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0)
1168 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, 0,
1169 swap->external_hdr_size))
1172 symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
1173 (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr);
1175 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1177 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1178 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1179 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1182 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1183 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1184 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1185 goto error_return; \
1186 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1187 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1188 goto error_return; \
1191 READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1192 READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, void *);
1193 READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, void *);
1194 READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, void *);
1195 READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, void *);
1196 READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext),
1198 READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *);
1199 READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *);
1200 READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, void *);
1201 READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, void *);
1202 READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, void *);
1210 if (ext_hdr != NULL)
1212 if (debug->line != NULL)
1214 if (debug->external_dnr != NULL)
1215 free (debug->external_dnr);
1216 if (debug->external_pdr != NULL)
1217 free (debug->external_pdr);
1218 if (debug->external_sym != NULL)
1219 free (debug->external_sym);
1220 if (debug->external_opt != NULL)
1221 free (debug->external_opt);
1222 if (debug->external_aux != NULL)
1223 free (debug->external_aux);
1224 if (debug->ss != NULL)
1226 if (debug->ssext != NULL)
1227 free (debug->ssext);
1228 if (debug->external_fdr != NULL)
1229 free (debug->external_fdr);
1230 if (debug->external_rfd != NULL)
1231 free (debug->external_rfd);
1232 if (debug->external_ext != NULL)
1233 free (debug->external_ext);
1237 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1240 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd *abfd, const RPDR *in, struct rpdr_ext *ex)
1242 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr);
1243 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask);
1244 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset);
1245 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask);
1246 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset);
1247 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset);
1249 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg);
1250 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg);
1252 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss);
1255 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1258 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle, bfd *abfd,
1259 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *s,
1260 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
1262 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
1263 HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
1265 struct rpdr_ext *erp;
1267 struct pdr_ext *epdr;
1268 struct sym_ext *esym;
1272 bfd_size_type count;
1273 unsigned long sindex;
1277 const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)");
1285 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
1287 sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1288 count = hdr->ipdMax;
1291 size = swap->external_pdr_size;
1293 epdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1297 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (bfd_byte *) epdr))
1300 size = sizeof (RPDR);
1301 rp = rpdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1305 size = sizeof (char *);
1306 sv = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1310 count = hdr->isymMax;
1311 size = swap->external_sym_size;
1312 esym = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1316 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (bfd_byte *) esym))
1319 count = hdr->issMax;
1320 ss = bfd_malloc (count);
1323 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, (bfd_byte *) ss))
1326 count = hdr->ipdMax;
1327 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++)
1329 (*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, epdr + i, &pdr);
1330 (*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, &esym[pdr.isym], &sym);
1331 rp->adr = sym.value;
1332 rp->regmask = pdr.regmask;
1333 rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset;
1334 rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask;
1335 rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset;
1336 rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset;
1337 rp->framereg = pdr.framereg;
1338 rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg;
1340 sv[i] = ss + sym.iss;
1341 sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1345 size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex;
1346 size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16);
1347 rtproc = bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
1350 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0;
1354 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2;
1357 memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext));
1359 str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2);
1360 strcpy (str, no_name_func);
1361 str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1362 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
1364 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i);
1365 strcpy (str, sv[i]);
1366 str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1368 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr);
1370 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1372 s->contents = rtproc;
1374 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1375 matters, but someday it might). */
1376 s->map_head.link_order = NULL;
1405 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1406 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1409 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1410 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1411 const char *prefix, asection *s, bfd_vma value,
1414 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
1415 struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
1418 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other))
1421 /* Create a new symbol. */
1422 name = ACONCAT ((prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL));
1424 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
1425 BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
1429 /* Make it a local function. */
1430 elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
1431 elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FUNC);
1433 elfh->forced_local = 1;
1437 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1438 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1442 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1443 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1446 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
1447 struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
1452 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1453 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1454 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
1455 s = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1456 value = h->root.root.u.def.value;
1458 /* Create a new symbol. */
1459 name = ACONCAT ((prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL));
1461 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
1462 BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
1466 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1467 elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
1468 elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, ELF_ST_TYPE (h->root.type));
1469 elfh->other = h->root.other;
1470 elfh->size = h->root.size;
1471 elfh->forced_local = 1;
1475 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1476 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1479 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection *section)
1483 name = bfd_get_section_name (section->owner, section);
1484 return (FN_STUB_P (name)
1485 || CALL_STUB_P (name)
1486 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name)
1487 || strcmp (name, ".pdr") == 0);
1490 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1491 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1492 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1494 static unsigned long
1495 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data *bed,
1496 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1497 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
1498 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
1500 int int_rels_per_ext_rel = bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
1501 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
1503 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1504 one in a compound relocation. */
1505 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel += int_rels_per_ext_rel)
1506 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info) == R_MIPS_NONE)
1507 return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, rel->r_info);
1509 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1510 the traditional behavior. */
1511 if (relocs < relend)
1512 return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, relocs->r_info);
1517 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1521 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1522 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1524 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1525 objects try to call them. */
1526 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1527 && h->root.dynindx != -1)
1529 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info, h, ".mips16.");
1530 h->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
1533 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1534 && ! h->need_fn_stub)
1536 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1537 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1538 being included in the link. */
1539 h->fn_stub->size = 0;
1540 h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1541 h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1542 h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1545 if (h->call_stub != NULL
1546 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
1548 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1549 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1550 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1551 h->call_stub->size = 0;
1552 h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1553 h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1554 h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1557 if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL
1558 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
1560 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1561 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1562 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1563 h->call_fp_stub->size = 0;
1564 h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1565 h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1566 h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1570 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1573 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_)
1575 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry;
1577 entry = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry_;
1578 return entry->h->root.root.u.def.section->id
1579 + entry->h->root.root.u.def.value;
1583 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
1585 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry1, *entry2;
1587 entry1 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry1_;
1588 entry2 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry2_;
1589 return ((entry1->h->root.root.u.def.section
1590 == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.section)
1591 && (entry1->h->root.root.u.def.value
1592 == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.value));
1595 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1596 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1600 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1601 asection *(*fn) (const char *, asection *,
1604 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1606 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1610 htab->add_stub_section = fn;
1611 htab->la25_stubs = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash,
1612 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq, NULL);
1613 if (htab->la25_stubs == NULL)
1619 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1620 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1621 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1622 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1623 entry points are of interest here. */
1626 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1628 return ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1629 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1630 && h->root.def_regular
1631 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section)
1632 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other)
1633 || (h->fn_stub && h->need_fn_stub))
1634 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h->root.root.u.def.section->owner)
1635 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other)));
1638 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1639 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1642 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1645 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub->h->root.other))
1647 BFD_ASSERT (stub->h->need_fn_stub);
1648 *sec = stub->h->fn_stub;
1653 *sec = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
1654 return stub->h->root.root.u.def.value;
1658 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1659 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1660 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1663 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1664 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1666 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1668 asection *s, *input_section;
1671 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1675 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1676 name = bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1679 sprintf (name, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab->la25_stubs));
1681 /* Create the section. */
1682 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &input_section);
1683 s = htab->add_stub_section (name, input_section,
1684 input_section->output_section);
1688 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1689 align = input_section->alignment_power;
1690 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, align))
1693 s->size = (1 << align) - 8;
1695 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1696 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 8);
1697 stub->stub_section = s;
1698 stub->offset = s->size;
1700 /* Allocate room for it. */
1705 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1706 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1707 the function symbol to it. */
1710 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1711 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1713 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1716 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1720 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1721 s = htab->strampoline;
1724 asection *input_section = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
1725 s = htab->add_stub_section (".text", NULL,
1726 input_section->output_section);
1727 if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, 4))
1729 htab->strampoline = s;
1732 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1733 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 16);
1734 stub->stub_section = s;
1735 stub->offset = s->size;
1737 /* Allocate room for it. */
1742 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1743 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1746 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1747 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1749 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1750 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search, *stub;
1751 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p;
1756 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1757 search.stub_section = NULL;
1761 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1762 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1766 slot = htab_find_slot (htab->la25_stubs, &search, INSERT);
1770 stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
1773 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1774 h->la25_stub = stub;
1778 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1779 stub = bfd_malloc (sizeof (search));
1785 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1786 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1787 value = mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &s);
1788 use_trampoline_p = (value != 0 || s->alignment_power > 4);
1790 h->la25_stub = stub;
1791 return (use_trampoline_p
1792 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub, info)
1793 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub, info));
1796 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1797 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1800 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
1802 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
1804 hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
1805 if (!hti->info->relocatable)
1806 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti->info, h);
1808 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h))
1810 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1811 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1812 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section->output_section))
1815 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1816 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1817 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1818 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1820 if (hti->info->relocatable)
1822 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti->output_bfd))
1823 h->root.other = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other);
1825 else if (h->has_nonpic_branches && !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti->info, h))
1834 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
1835 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
1838 The format of these instructions is:
1840 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1841 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
1842 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1844 +-----------------------------------------------+
1846 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
1847 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
1849 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
1850 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
1851 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
1852 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
1853 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
1854 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
1855 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
1856 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
1857 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
1858 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
1861 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
1862 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
1863 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
1864 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
1865 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
1866 value as two 16-bit values.
1868 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
1872 +--------+----------------------+
1876 +--------+----------------------+
1879 +----------+------+-------------+
1883 +----------+--------------------+
1884 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
1885 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
1887 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
1888 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1889 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
1890 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1891 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
1893 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
1894 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
1895 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
1898 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
1899 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
1900 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
1901 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
1902 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
1904 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
1906 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1907 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
1908 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1909 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
1910 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1912 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
1915 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
1916 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
1917 little-endian system. */
1919 static inline bfd_boolean
1920 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1925 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
1926 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
1927 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
1930 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
1931 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
1932 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
1933 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
1934 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
1935 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
1936 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
1944 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
1946 static inline bfd_boolean
1947 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1949 return r_type >= R_MICROMIPS_min && r_type < R_MICROMIPS_max;
1952 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
1953 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
1954 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
1956 static inline bfd_boolean
1957 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type)
1959 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type)
1960 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
1961 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1);
1964 static inline bfd_boolean
1965 got16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1967 return (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
1968 || r_type == R_MIPS16_GOT16
1969 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT16);
1972 static inline bfd_boolean
1973 call16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1975 return (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16
1976 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16
1977 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL16);
1980 static inline bfd_boolean
1981 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1983 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP;
1986 static inline bfd_boolean
1987 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1989 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE;
1992 static inline bfd_boolean
1993 got_ofst_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1995 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_OFST || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST;
1998 static inline bfd_boolean
1999 got_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2001 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_HI16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16;
2004 static inline bfd_boolean
2005 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2007 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16;
2010 static inline bfd_boolean
2011 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2013 return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16;
2016 static inline bfd_boolean
2017 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2019 return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16;
2022 static inline bfd_boolean
2023 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2025 return (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
2026 || r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16
2027 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16);
2030 static inline bfd_boolean
2031 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2033 return (r_type == R_MIPS_LO16
2034 || r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16
2035 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16);
2038 static inline bfd_boolean
2039 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type)
2041 return r_type == R_MIPS16_26 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16;
2044 static inline bfd_boolean
2045 jal_reloc_p (int r_type)
2047 return (r_type == R_MIPS_26
2048 || r_type == R_MIPS16_26
2049 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1);
2052 static inline bfd_boolean
2053 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type)
2055 return (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2056 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2057 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2058 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
2061 static inline bfd_boolean
2062 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2064 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2065 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2066 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD);
2069 static inline bfd_boolean
2070 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2072 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2073 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2074 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM);
2077 static inline bfd_boolean
2078 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2080 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2081 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2082 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL);
2086 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
2087 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
2089 bfd_vma first, second, val;
2091 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type))
2094 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2095 first = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data);
2096 second = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data + 2);
2097 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) || (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle))
2098 val = first << 16 | second;
2099 else if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26)
2100 val = (((first & 0xf800) << 16) | ((second & 0xffe0) << 11)
2101 | ((first & 0x1f) << 11) | (first & 0x7e0) | (second & 0x1f));
2103 val = (((first & 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first & 0x3e0) << 11)
2104 | ((first & 0x1f) << 21) | second);
2105 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, data);
2109 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
2110 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
2112 bfd_vma first, second, val;
2114 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type))
2117 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, data);
2118 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) || (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle))
2120 second = val & 0xffff;
2123 else if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26)
2125 second = ((val >> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val & 0x1f);
2126 first = ((val >> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val >> 11) & 0x1f) | (val & 0x7e0);
2130 second = val & 0xffff;
2131 first = ((val >> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val >> 11) & 0x3e0)
2132 | ((val >> 21) & 0x1f);
2134 bfd_put_16 (abfd, second, data + 2);
2135 bfd_put_16 (abfd, first, data);
2138 bfd_reloc_status_type
2139 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol,
2140 arelent *reloc_entry, asection *input_section,
2141 bfd_boolean relocatable, void *data, bfd_vma gp)
2145 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
2147 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
2150 relocation = symbol->value;
2152 relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
2153 relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
2155 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2156 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2158 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2159 val = reloc_entry->addend;
2161 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val, 16);
2163 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2164 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2165 an external symbol. */
2167 || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
2168 val += relocation - gp;
2170 if (reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
2172 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
2174 + reloc_entry->address);
2175 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
2179 reloc_entry->addend = val;
2182 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2184 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2187 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2188 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2189 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2194 struct mips_hi16 *next;
2196 asection *input_section;
2200 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2202 static struct mips_hi16 *mips_hi16_list;
2204 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2205 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2206 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2208 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2209 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2210 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2211 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2213 bfd_reloc_status_type
2214 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
2215 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data,
2216 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
2217 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2219 struct mips_hi16 *n;
2221 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2222 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2224 n = bfd_malloc (sizeof *n);
2226 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2228 n->next = mips_hi16_list;
2230 n->input_section = input_section;
2231 n->rel = *reloc_entry;
2234 if (output_bfd != NULL)
2235 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2237 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2240 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2241 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2242 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2244 bfd_reloc_status_type
2245 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
2246 void *data, asection *input_section,
2247 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
2249 if ((symbol->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
2250 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol))
2251 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol)))
2252 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2253 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2254 input_section, output_bfd,
2257 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2258 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
2261 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2262 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2263 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2265 bfd_reloc_status_type
2266 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
2267 void *data, asection *input_section,
2268 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
2271 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
2273 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2274 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2276 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2278 vallo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, location);
2279 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2282 while (mips_hi16_list != NULL)
2284 bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
2285 struct mips_hi16 *hi;
2287 hi = mips_hi16_list;
2289 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2290 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2291 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2292 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2293 has a rightshift of 0. */
2294 if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
2295 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS_HI16, FALSE);
2296 else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS16_GOT16)
2297 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS16_HI16, FALSE);
2298 else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT16)
2299 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MICROMIPS_HI16, FALSE);
2301 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2302 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2303 hi->rel.addend += (vallo + 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2305 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, &hi->rel, symbol, hi->data,
2306 hi->input_section, output_bfd,
2308 if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
2311 mips_hi16_list = hi->next;
2315 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2316 input_section, output_bfd,
2320 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2321 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2322 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2324 bfd_reloc_status_type
2325 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
2326 asymbol *symbol, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2327 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
2328 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2331 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
2332 bfd_boolean relocatable;
2334 relocatable = (output_bfd != NULL);
2336 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2337 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2339 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2341 if (!relocatable || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
2343 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2344 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2345 offset or address. */
2346 val += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
2347 val += symbol->section->output_offset;
2352 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2353 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2354 val += symbol->value;
2355 if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative)
2357 val -= input_section->output_section->vma;
2358 val -= input_section->output_offset;
2359 val -= reloc_entry->address;
2363 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2364 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2365 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2366 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2367 if (relocatable && !reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
2368 reloc_entry->addend += val;
2371 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
2373 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2374 val += reloc_entry->addend;
2376 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2377 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2379 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
2381 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2384 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
2389 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2391 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2394 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2395 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2398 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_gptab *ex,
2401 in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
2402 in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
2406 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_gptab *in,
2407 Elf32_External_gptab *ex)
2409 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
2410 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
2414 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_compact_rel *in,
2415 Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex)
2417 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1);
2418 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num);
2419 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2);
2420 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset);
2421 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0);
2422 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1);
2426 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_crinfo *in,
2427 Elf32_External_crinfo *ex)
2431 l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH)
2432 | ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH)
2433 | ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH)
2434 | ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH));
2435 H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info);
2436 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst);
2437 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr);
2440 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2441 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2442 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2445 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex,
2448 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
2449 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2450 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2451 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2452 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2453 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
2457 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_RegInfo *in,
2458 Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex)
2460 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
2461 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2462 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2463 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2464 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2465 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
2468 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2469 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2470 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2471 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2472 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2475 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex,
2476 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in)
2478 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
2479 in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad);
2480 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2481 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2482 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2483 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2484 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
2488 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in,
2489 Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex)
2491 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
2492 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad);
2493 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2494 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2495 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2496 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2497 H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
2500 /* Swap in an options header. */
2503 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Options *ex,
2504 Elf_Internal_Options *in)
2506 in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind);
2507 in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size);
2508 in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section);
2509 in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info);
2512 /* Swap out an options header. */
2515 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Options *in,
2516 Elf_External_Options *ex)
2518 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind);
2519 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size);
2520 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section);
2521 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info);
2524 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2525 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2528 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
2530 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1;
2531 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2;
2534 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, &int_reloc1);
2535 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, &int_reloc2);
2537 diff = ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info);
2541 if (int_reloc1.r_offset < int_reloc2.r_offset)
2543 if (int_reloc1.r_offset > int_reloc2.r_offset)
2548 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2551 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2552 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2555 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1[3];
2556 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2[3];
2558 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
2559 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, int_reloc1);
2560 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
2561 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, int_reloc2);
2563 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
2565 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
2568 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset < int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
2570 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset > int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
2579 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2580 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2581 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2582 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2583 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2584 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2585 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2586 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2587 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2588 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2589 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2590 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2591 when generating a final executable. */
2594 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
2596 struct extsym_info *einfo = data;
2598 asection *sec, *output_section;
2600 if (h->root.indx == -2)
2602 else if ((h->root.def_dynamic
2603 || h->root.ref_dynamic
2604 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
2605 && !h->root.def_regular
2606 && !h->root.ref_regular)
2608 else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all
2609 || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some
2610 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash,
2611 h->root.root.root.string,
2612 FALSE, FALSE) == NULL))
2620 if (h->esym.ifd == -2)
2623 h->esym.cobol_main = 0;
2624 h->esym.weakext = 0;
2625 h->esym.reserved = 0;
2626 h->esym.ifd = ifdNil;
2627 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2628 h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal;
2630 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
2631 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
2635 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2637 name = h->root.root.root.string;
2638 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
2639 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
2641 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
2642 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2643 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2645 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
2647 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2648 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2649 h->esym.asym.value =
2650 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count;
2652 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo->abfd))
2654 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2655 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2656 h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd);
2659 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
2661 else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
2662 && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2663 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2668 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
2669 output_section = sec->output_section;
2671 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2672 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2673 if (output_section == NULL)
2674 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
2677 name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section);
2679 if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0)
2680 h->esym.asym.sc = scText;
2681 else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0)
2682 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
2683 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
2684 h->esym.asym.sc = scSData;
2685 else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0
2686 || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0)
2687 h->esym.asym.sc = scRData;
2688 else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0)
2689 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
2690 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
2691 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
2692 else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0)
2693 h->esym.asym.sc = scInit;
2694 else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0)
2695 h->esym.asym.sc = scFini;
2697 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2701 h->esym.asym.reserved = 0;
2702 h->esym.asym.index = indexNil;
2705 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
2706 h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size;
2707 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2708 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2710 if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
2711 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
2712 else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon)
2713 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
2715 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
2716 output_section = sec->output_section;
2717 if (output_section != NULL)
2718 h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value
2719 + sec->output_offset
2720 + output_section->vma);
2722 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2726 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h;
2728 while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2729 hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
2731 if (hd->needs_lazy_stub)
2733 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2734 h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
2735 sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section;
2737 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2740 output_section = sec->output_section;
2741 if (output_section != NULL)
2742 h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.offset
2743 + sec->output_offset
2744 + output_section->vma);
2746 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2751 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap,
2752 h->root.root.root.string,
2755 einfo->failed = TRUE;
2762 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
2765 gptab_compare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
2767 const Elf32_gptab *a1 = p1;
2768 const Elf32_gptab *a2 = p2;
2770 return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value;
2773 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
2775 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
2778 static INLINE hashval_t
2779 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr)
2782 return addr + (addr >> 32);
2788 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
2789 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
2793 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
2795 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
2796 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
2798 return (e1->abfd == e2->abfd
2799 && e1->symndx == e2->symndx
2800 && (e1->tls_type & GOT_TLS_TYPE) == (e2->tls_type & GOT_TLS_TYPE)
2801 && (!e1->abfd ? e1->d.address == e2->d.address
2802 : e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
2803 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h));
2806 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
2807 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
2808 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
2812 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2814 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
2816 return (entry->symndx
2817 + (((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_TYPE) == GOT_TLS_LDM) << 18)
2818 + ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_TYPE) == GOT_TLS_LDM ? 0
2819 : !entry->abfd ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
2820 : entry->symndx >= 0 ? (entry->abfd->id
2821 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend))
2822 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash));
2826 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
2828 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
2829 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
2831 return (e1->symndx == e2->symndx
2832 && (e1->tls_type & GOT_TLS_TYPE) == (e2->tls_type & GOT_TLS_TYPE)
2833 && ((e1->tls_type & GOT_TLS_TYPE) == GOT_TLS_LDM ? TRUE
2834 : !e1->abfd ? !e2->abfd && e1->d.address == e2->d.address
2835 : e1->symndx >= 0 ? (e1->abfd == e2->abfd
2836 && e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend)
2837 : e2->abfd && e1->d.h == e2->d.h));
2841 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2843 const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry;
2845 entry = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry_;
2846 return entry->abfd->id + entry->symndx;
2850 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
2852 const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry1, *entry2;
2854 entry1 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry1_;
2855 entry2 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry2_;
2856 return entry1->abfd == entry2->abfd && entry1->symndx == entry2->symndx;
2859 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. MASTER_GOT_P
2860 is true if this is the master GOT rather than a multigot. */
2862 static struct mips_got_info *
2863 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean master_got_p)
2865 struct mips_got_info *g;
2867 g = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
2871 g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
2873 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
2874 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
2876 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
2877 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq, NULL);
2878 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
2881 g->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
2882 mips_got_page_entry_eq, NULL);
2883 if (g->got_page_entries == NULL)
2889 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
2890 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
2892 static struct mips_got_info *
2893 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean create_p)
2895 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *tdata;
2897 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd))
2900 tdata = mips_elf_tdata (abfd);
2901 if (!tdata->got && create_p)
2902 tdata->got = mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd, FALSE);
2906 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
2907 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
2908 if creation fails. */
2911 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean create_p)
2917 dname = MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info);
2918 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
2919 sreloc = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, dname);
2920 if (sreloc == NULL && create_p)
2922 sreloc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, dname,
2927 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2930 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc,
2931 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
2937 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
2940 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type)
2942 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type))
2945 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
2948 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type))
2954 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
2957 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type)
2974 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
2975 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
2979 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned char tls_type,
2980 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2983 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
2984 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
2986 if (h && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
2987 && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))
2990 if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
2992 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
2993 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2999 switch (tls_type & GOT_TLS_TYPE)
3002 return indx != 0 ? 2 : 1;
3008 return info->shared ? 1 : 0;
3015 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
3019 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3020 struct mips_got_info *g,
3021 struct mips_got_entry *entry)
3023 unsigned char tls_type;
3025 tls_type = entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_TYPE;
3028 g->tls_gotno += mips_tls_got_entries (tls_type);
3029 g->relocs += mips_tls_got_relocs (info, tls_type,
3031 ? &entry->d.h->root : NULL);
3033 else if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE)
3034 g->local_gotno += 1;
3036 g->global_gotno += 1;
3039 /* A htab_traverse callback. If *SLOT describes a GOT entry for a local
3040 symbol, count the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations that it
3041 requires. DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. */
3044 mips_elf_count_local_got_entries (void **entryp, void *data)
3046 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3047 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
3049 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
3050 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
3051 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx != -1)
3053 if ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_TYPE) == GOT_TLS_LDM)
3055 if (arg->g->tls_ldm_offset == MINUS_TWO)
3057 arg->g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_TWO;
3059 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg->info, arg->g, entry);
3065 /* Count the number of TLS GOT entries and relocationss required for the
3066 global (or forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
3069 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *entry, void *data)
3071 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm;
3072 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
3074 hm = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
3075 if (hm->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3076 || hm->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3079 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
3080 if (hm->tls_gd_type)
3082 arg->g->tls_gotno += 2;
3083 arg->g->relocs += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, hm->tls_gd_type,
3086 if (hm->tls_ie_type)
3088 arg->g->tls_gotno += 1;
3089 arg->g->relocs += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, hm->tls_ie_type,
3096 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3099 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
3101 unsigned long reloc_index,
3106 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
3108 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
3110 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, indx, r_type);
3111 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
3113 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
3115 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
3116 (output_bfd, &rel[0],
3118 + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
3121 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3122 (output_bfd, &rel[0],
3124 + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
3127 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3130 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_offset,
3131 unsigned char *tls_type_p,
3132 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3133 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3136 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3138 asection *sreloc, *sgot;
3139 bfd_vma got_offset2;
3140 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
3142 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3151 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
3153 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, &h->root)
3154 && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)))
3155 indx = h->root.dynindx;
3158 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_DONE)
3161 if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
3163 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT
3164 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3167 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3168 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3169 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3170 BFD_ASSERT (value != MINUS_ONE || (indx != 0 && need_relocs)
3171 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak);
3173 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3174 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3176 switch (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_TYPE)
3179 /* General Dynamic. */
3180 got_offset2 = got_offset + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
3184 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3185 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3186 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
3187 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
3190 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3191 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3192 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32,
3193 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset2);
3195 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
3196 sgot->contents + got_offset2);
3200 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
3201 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3202 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
3203 sgot->contents + got_offset2);
3208 /* Initial Exec model. */
3212 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma,
3213 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3215 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
3216 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3218 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3219 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3220 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32,
3221 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
3224 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - tprel_base (info),
3225 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3229 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3230 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3231 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
3232 sgot->contents + got_offset
3233 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
3236 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
3237 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3239 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3240 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3241 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
3242 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
3249 *tls_type_p |= GOT_TLS_DONE;
3252 /* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation against H using the
3253 TLS model in *TLS_TYPE. The GOT entries for this symbol/model
3254 combination start at GOT_INDEX into ABFD's GOT. This function
3255 initializes the GOT entries and corresponding relocations. */
3258 mips_tls_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_index, unsigned char *tls_type,
3259 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3260 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, bfd_vma symbol)
3262 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd, got_index, tls_type, info, h, symbol);
3266 /* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against H
3270 mips_tls_single_got_index (bfd *abfd, int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3271 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, bfd_vma symbol)
3273 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type))
3274 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, h->tls_ie_got_offset, &h->tls_ie_type,
3276 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type))
3277 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, h->tls_gd_got_offset, &h->tls_gd_type,
3282 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3283 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3284 will be negative. */
3287 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3288 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
3290 bfd_vma plt_index, got_address, got_value;
3291 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3293 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3294 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3296 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
3298 /* This function only works for VxWorks, because a non-VxWorks .got.plt
3299 section starts with reserved entries. */
3300 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
3302 /* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */
3303 plt_index = (h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size) / htab->plt_entry_size;
3305 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3306 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
3307 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
3310 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3311 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3312 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3313 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3315 return got_address - got_value;
3318 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3319 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3320 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3321 offset can be found. */
3324 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3325 bfd_vma value, unsigned long r_symndx,
3326 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type)
3328 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3329 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3331 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3332 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3334 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value,
3335 r_symndx, h, r_type);
3339 if (entry->tls_type)
3341 if (entry->symndx == -1 && htab->got_info->next == NULL)
3342 /* A type (3) entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
3343 hash table entry to track the index. */
3344 return mips_tls_single_got_index (abfd, r_type, info, h, value);
3346 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, entry->gotidx, &entry->tls_type,
3350 return entry->gotidx;
3353 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
3356 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3357 int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3359 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3361 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
3362 long global_got_dynindx = 0;
3364 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3365 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3367 gg = g = htab->got_info;
3368 if (g->bfd2got && ibfd)
3370 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
3372 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= 0);
3374 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
3375 if (g->next != gg || TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3379 e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
3380 e.tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type);
3382 p = htab_find (g->got_entries, &e);
3384 BFD_ASSERT (p && p->gotidx > 0);
3388 bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
3389 if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3390 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3391 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
3392 value = (h->root.u.def.value
3393 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3394 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
3396 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, p->gotidx, &p->tls_type,
3397 info, e.d.h, value);
3404 if (htab->global_gotsym != NULL)
3405 global_got_dynindx = htab->global_gotsym->dynindx;
3407 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3409 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
3410 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3411 bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
3413 if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3414 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3415 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
3416 value = (h->root.u.def.value
3417 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3418 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
3420 got_index = mips_tls_single_got_index (abfd, r_type, info, hm, value);
3424 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3425 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3426 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
3428 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx);
3429 got_index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
3430 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
3432 BFD_ASSERT (got_index < htab->sgot->size);
3437 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3438 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3439 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3440 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3441 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3444 mips_elf_got_page (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3445 bfd_vma value, bfd_vma *offsetp)
3447 bfd_vma page, got_index;
3448 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3450 page = (value + 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
3451 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, page, 0,
3452 NULL, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
3457 got_index = entry->gotidx;
3460 *offsetp = value - entry->d.address;
3465 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3466 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3467 symbol that binds locally. */
3470 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3471 bfd_vma value, bfd_boolean external)
3473 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3475 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3476 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3477 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3478 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3480 value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
3482 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3483 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3484 same in all cases. */
3485 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value, 0,
3486 NULL, R_MIPS_GOT16);
3488 return entry->gotidx;
3493 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3497 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *output_bfd,
3498 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma got_index)
3500 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3504 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3505 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3508 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
3509 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
3511 return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + got_index - gp;
3514 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3515 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3516 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3519 static struct mips_got_entry *
3520 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3521 bfd *ibfd, bfd_vma value,
3522 unsigned long r_symndx,
3523 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3526 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
3527 struct mips_got_info *g;
3528 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3530 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3531 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3535 entry.d.address = value;
3536 entry.tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type);
3538 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab->got_info, ibfd);
3541 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab->got_info, abfd);
3542 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3545 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3547 BFD_ASSERT (h == NULL || h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
3550 struct mips_got_entry *p;
3553 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
3560 entry.symndx = r_symndx;
3566 p = (struct mips_got_entry *)
3567 htab_find (g->got_entries, &entry);
3573 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
3578 entry.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno++;
3580 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
3585 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
3587 if (g->assigned_gotno > g->local_gotno)
3589 (*loc)->gotidx = -1;
3590 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3591 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3592 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3593 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3597 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value,
3598 (htab->sgot->contents + entry.gotidx));
3600 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3601 if (htab->is_vxworks)
3603 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3606 bfd_vma got_address;
3608 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3609 got_address = (htab->sgot->output_section->vma
3610 + htab->sgot->output_offset
3613 rloc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
3614 outrel.r_offset = got_address;
3615 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_MIPS_32);
3616 outrel.r_addend = value;
3617 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, rloc);
3623 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3624 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3625 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3626 the current linking stage. */
3628 static bfd_size_type
3629 count_section_dynsyms (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3631 bfd_size_type count;
3634 if (info->shared || elf_hash_table (info)->is_relocatable_executable)
3637 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3639 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
3640 for (p = output_bfd->sections; p ; p = p->next)
3641 if ((p->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3642 && (p->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3643 && !(*bed->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym) (output_bfd, info, p))
3649 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3650 appear towards the end. */
3653 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3655 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3656 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd;
3657 struct mips_got_info *g;
3659 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount == 0)
3662 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3663 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3670 hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
3671 = hsd.min_got_dynindx
3672 = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->reloc_only_gotno);
3673 hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = count_section_dynsyms (abfd, info) + 1;
3674 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *)
3675 elf_hash_table (info)),
3676 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f,
3679 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3680 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3681 BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx);
3682 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
3683 == elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount);
3684 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - hsd.min_got_dynindx
3685 == g->global_gotno);
3687 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3688 table index in the GOT. */
3689 htab->global_gotsym = hsd.low;
3694 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3695 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3699 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
3701 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd = data;
3703 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3705 if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
3708 switch (h->global_got_area)
3711 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
3715 h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
3716 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3719 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY:
3720 if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx)
3721 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3722 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++;
3729 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3730 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3731 hash table directly). */
3734 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
3735 struct mips_got_entry *lookup)
3737 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3738 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3739 struct mips_got_info *g;
3740 void **loc, **bfd_loc;
3742 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
3743 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3745 loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, lookup, INSERT);
3749 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
3750 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *loc;
3753 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
3757 lookup->gotidx = -1;
3762 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
3763 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd, TRUE);
3767 bfd_loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, lookup, INSERT);
3776 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
3777 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3778 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3781 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3782 bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3783 bfd_boolean for_call, int r_type)
3785 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3786 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
3787 struct mips_got_entry entry;
3788 unsigned char tls_type;
3790 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3791 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3793 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3795 hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
3797 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3799 if (h->dynindx == -1)
3801 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
3805 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE);
3808 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3812 tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type);
3813 if (tls_type == GOT_NORMAL && hmips->global_got_area > GGA_NORMAL)
3814 hmips->global_got_area = GGA_NORMAL;
3815 else if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE && hmips->tls_ie_type == 0)
3816 hmips->tls_ie_type = tls_type;
3817 else if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD && hmips->tls_gd_type == 0)
3818 hmips->tls_gd_type = tls_type;
3822 entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3823 entry.tls_type = tls_type;
3824 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info, abfd, &entry);
3827 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
3828 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
3831 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_vma addend,
3832 struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type)
3834 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3835 struct mips_got_info *g;
3836 struct mips_got_entry entry;
3838 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3839 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3842 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3845 entry.symndx = symndx;
3846 entry.d.addend = addend;
3847 entry.tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type);
3848 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info, abfd, &entry);
3851 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
3854 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range *range)
3856 return (range->max_addend - range->min_addend + 0x1ffff) >> 16;
3859 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against symbol SYMNDX and
3860 that ADDEND is the addend for that relocation.
3862 This function creates an upper bound on the number of GOT slots
3863 required; no attempt is made to combine references to non-overridable
3864 global symbols across multiple input files. */
3867 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
3868 long symndx, bfd_signed_vma addend)
3870 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3871 struct mips_got_info *g1, *g2;
3872 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup, *entry;
3873 struct mips_got_page_range **range_ptr, *range;
3874 bfd_vma old_pages, new_pages;
3875 void **loc, **bfd_loc;
3877 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3878 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3880 g1 = htab->got_info;
3881 BFD_ASSERT (g1 != NULL);
3883 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this symbol. */
3885 lookup.symndx = symndx;
3886 loc = htab_find_slot (g1->got_page_entries, &lookup, INSERT);
3890 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
3892 entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *loc;
3895 entry = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
3900 entry->symndx = symndx;
3901 entry->ranges = NULL;
3902 entry->num_pages = 0;
3906 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
3907 g2 = mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd, TRUE);
3911 bfd_loc = htab_find_slot (g2->got_page_entries, &lookup, INSERT);
3918 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
3920 range_ptr = &entry->ranges;
3921 while (*range_ptr && addend > (*range_ptr)->max_addend + 0xffff)
3922 range_ptr = &(*range_ptr)->next;
3924 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
3925 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
3926 a new singleton range. */
3928 if (!range || addend < range->min_addend - 0xffff)
3930 range = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*range));
3934 range->next = *range_ptr;
3935 range->min_addend = addend;
3936 range->max_addend = addend;
3945 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
3946 old_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
3948 /* Update the ranges. */
3949 if (addend < range->min_addend)
3950 range->min_addend = addend;
3951 else if (addend > range->max_addend)
3953 if (range->next && addend >= range->next->min_addend - 0xffff)
3955 old_pages += mips_elf_pages_for_range (range->next);
3956 range->max_addend = range->next->max_addend;
3957 range->next = range->next->next;
3960 range->max_addend = addend;
3963 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
3964 new_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
3965 if (old_pages != new_pages)
3967 entry->num_pages += new_pages - old_pages;
3968 g1->page_gotno += new_pages - old_pages;
3969 g2->page_gotno += new_pages - old_pages;
3975 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
3978 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3982 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3984 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3985 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3987 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3988 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3990 if (htab->is_vxworks)
3991 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd);
3996 /* Make room for a null element. */
3997 s->size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
4000 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
4004 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Set boolean *DATA to true
4005 if the GOT entry is for an indirect or warning symbol. */
4008 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
4010 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4011 bfd_boolean *must_recreate;
4013 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4014 must_recreate = (bfd_boolean *) data;
4015 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
4017 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4020 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4021 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4023 *must_recreate = TRUE;
4030 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add all entries to
4031 hash table *DATA, converting entries for indirect and warning
4032 symbols into entries for the target symbol. Set *DATA to null
4036 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
4039 struct mips_got_entry new_entry, *entry;
4042 new_got = (htab_t *) data;
4043 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4044 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4045 && entry->symndx == -1
4046 && (entry->d.h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4047 || entry->d.h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning))
4049 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4056 BFD_ASSERT (h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
4057 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
4059 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4060 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning);
4063 slot = htab_find_slot (*new_got, entry, INSERT);
4071 if (entry == &new_entry)
4073 entry = bfd_alloc (entry->abfd, sizeof (*entry));
4086 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4087 replace them with entries for the target symbol. */
4090 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info *g)
4092 bfd_boolean must_recreate;
4095 must_recreate = FALSE;
4096 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_check_recreate_got, &must_recreate);
4099 new_got = htab_create (htab_size (g->got_entries),
4100 mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
4101 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
4102 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_recreate_got, &new_got);
4103 if (new_got == NULL)
4106 htab_delete (g->got_entries);
4107 g->got_entries = new_got;
4112 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points
4113 to the link_info structure. Count the number of type (3) entries
4114 in the master GOT. */
4117 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
4119 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4120 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4121 struct mips_got_info *g;
4123 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
4124 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4126 if (h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4128 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4129 local or global GOT. Symbols that bind locally can (and in the
4130 case of forced-local symbols, must) live in the local GOT.
4131 Those that are aren't in the dynamic symbol table must also
4132 live in the local GOT.
4134 Note that the former condition does not always imply the
4135 latter: symbols do not bind locally if they are completely
4136 undefined. We'll report undefined symbols later if appropriate. */
4137 if (h->root.dynindx == -1
4138 || (h->got_only_for_calls
4139 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root)
4140 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)))
4142 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4143 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4144 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4145 if (h->global_got_area != GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
4147 h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
4149 else if (htab->is_vxworks
4150 && h->got_only_for_calls
4151 && h->root.plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
4152 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4153 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4154 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4155 h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
4159 if (h->global_got_area == GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
4160 g->reloc_only_gotno++;
4166 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
4169 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
4171 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *entry
4172 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry_;
4174 return entry->bfd->id;
4177 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
4180 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
4182 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e1
4183 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry1;
4184 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e2
4185 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry2;
4187 return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
4190 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBFD. G must
4191 be the master GOT data. */
4193 static struct mips_got_info *
4194 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
4196 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e, *p;
4202 p = htab_find (g->bfd2got, &e);
4203 return p ? p->g : NULL;
4206 /* Use BFD2GOT to find ABFD's got entry, creating one if none exists.
4207 Return NULL if an error occured. */
4209 static struct mips_got_info *
4210 mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (struct htab *bfd2got, bfd *output_bfd,
4213 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry, *bfdgot;
4216 bfdgot_entry.bfd = input_bfd;
4217 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (bfd2got, &bfdgot_entry, INSERT);
4218 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *) *bfdgotp;
4222 bfdgot = ((struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)
4223 bfd_alloc (output_bfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash)));
4229 bfdgot->bfd = input_bfd;
4230 bfdgot->g = mips_elf_create_got_info (input_bfd, FALSE);
4231 if (bfdgot->g == NULL)
4238 /* A htab_traverse callback for the entries in the master got.
4239 Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
4240 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
4244 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp, void *p)
4246 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
4247 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
4248 struct mips_got_info *g;
4250 g = mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (arg->bfd2got, arg->obfd, entry->abfd);
4257 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
4258 entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
4259 if (*entryp != NULL)
4263 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg->info, g, entry);
4268 /* A htab_traverse callback for the page entries in the master got.
4269 Associate each page entry with the bfd's got. */
4272 mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd (void **entryp, void *p)
4274 struct mips_got_page_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *entryp;
4275 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *) p;
4276 struct mips_got_info *g;
4278 g = mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (arg->bfd2got, arg->obfd, entry->abfd);
4285 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
4286 entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_page_entries, entry, INSERT);
4287 if (*entryp != NULL)
4291 g->page_gotno += entry->num_pages;
4295 /* Consider merging the got described by BFD2GOT with TO, using the
4296 information given by ARG. Return -1 if this would lead to overflow,
4297 1 if they were merged successfully, and 0 if a merge failed due to
4298 lack of memory. (These values are chosen so that nonnegative return
4299 values can be returned by a htab_traverse callback.) */
4302 mips_elf_merge_got_with (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got,
4303 struct mips_got_info *to,
4304 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg)
4306 struct mips_got_info *from = bfd2got->g;
4307 unsigned int estimate;
4309 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4310 estimate = arg->max_pages;
4311 if (estimate >= from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno)
4312 estimate = from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno;
4314 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4316 estimate += from->local_gotno + to->local_gotno;
4317 estimate += from->tls_gotno + to->tls_gotno;
4319 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4320 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4321 conservatively as well. */
4322 if (to == arg->primary && from->tls_gotno + to->tls_gotno)
4323 estimate += arg->global_count;
4325 estimate += from->global_gotno + to->global_gotno;
4327 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4328 if (estimate > arg->max_count)
4331 /* Commit to the merge. Record that TO is now the bfd for this got. */
4334 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4335 htab_traverse (from->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, arg);
4336 if (arg->obfd == NULL)
4339 htab_traverse (from->got_page_entries, mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd, arg);
4340 if (arg->obfd == NULL)
4343 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
4344 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
4346 htab_delete (from->got_entries);
4347 htab_delete (from->got_page_entries);
4351 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
4352 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4353 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4354 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4355 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4356 and then make make the new got current. */
4359 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_, void *p)
4361 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got
4362 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfd2got_;
4363 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
4364 struct mips_got_info *g;
4365 unsigned int estimate;
4370 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4371 estimate = arg->max_pages;
4372 if (estimate > g->page_gotno)
4373 estimate = g->page_gotno;
4374 estimate += g->local_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
4376 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4377 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4378 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4379 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4380 estimate += (g->tls_gotno > 0 ? arg->global_count : g->global_gotno);
4382 if (estimate <= arg->max_count)
4384 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4385 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4388 arg->primary = bfd2got->g;
4392 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4393 result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd2got, arg->primary, arg);
4398 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4401 result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd2got, arg->current, arg);
4406 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4407 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4408 overflows anyway. */
4409 g->next = arg->current;
4415 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4416 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4417 an index in a different GOT. */
4420 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp, long gotidx)
4422 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4424 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4425 if (entry->gotidx > 0)
4427 struct mips_got_entry *new_entry;
4429 new_entry = bfd_alloc (entry->abfd, sizeof (*entry));
4433 *new_entry = *entry;
4434 *entryp = new_entry;
4437 entry->gotidx = gotidx;
4441 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4442 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4443 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4446 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp, void *data)
4448 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4449 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4450 struct mips_got_info *g;
4452 unsigned char tls_type;
4454 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4455 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4456 tls_type = (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_TYPE);
4460 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4462 next_index = arg->value * g->tls_assigned_gotno;
4464 if (entry->symndx == -1 && g->next == NULL)
4466 /* A type (3) got entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
4467 hash table entry to track its index. */
4468 if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
4470 if (entry->d.h->tls_ie_type & GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE)
4472 entry->d.h->tls_ie_type |= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE;
4473 entry->d.h->tls_ie_got_offset = next_index;
4477 BFD_ASSERT (tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD);
4478 if (entry->d.h->tls_gd_type & GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE)
4480 entry->d.h->tls_gd_type |= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE;
4481 entry->d.h->tls_gd_got_offset = next_index;
4486 if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM)
4488 /* There are separate mips_got_entry objects for each input bfd
4489 that requires an LDM entry. Make sure that all LDM entries in
4490 a GOT resolve to the same index. */
4491 if (g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_TWO && g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_ONE)
4493 entry->gotidx = g->tls_ldm_offset;
4496 g->tls_ldm_offset = next_index;
4498 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp, next_index))
4505 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4506 g->tls_assigned_gotno += mips_tls_got_entries (tls_type);
4510 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4511 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4512 symbol to DATA->value. */
4515 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp, void *data)
4517 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4518 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4520 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4521 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4522 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4523 && entry->symndx == -1
4524 && entry->d.h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4525 entry->d.h->global_got_area = arg->value;
4529 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4530 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4531 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4532 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4535 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp, void *data)
4537 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4538 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4540 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4541 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4542 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4543 && entry->symndx == -1
4544 && entry->d.h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4546 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp, arg->value * arg->g->assigned_gotno))
4551 arg->g->assigned_gotno += 1;
4553 if (arg->info->shared
4554 || (elf_hash_table (arg->info)->dynamic_sections_created
4555 && entry->d.h->root.def_dynamic
4556 && !entry->d.h->root.def_regular))
4557 arg->g->relocs += 1;
4563 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4564 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4565 lazy-binding stubs. */
4568 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp, void *data)
4570 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4571 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4572 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4574 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4575 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
4576 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4577 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4579 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4580 && entry->symndx == -1
4581 && entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub)
4583 entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
4584 htab->lazy_stub_count--;
4590 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4593 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
4595 if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
4598 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
4602 BFD_ASSERT (g->next);
4606 return (g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno)
4607 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4610 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4611 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4614 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
4615 asection *got, bfd_size_type pages)
4617 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4618 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg;
4619 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga;
4620 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
4621 unsigned int assign, needed_relocs;
4624 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
4625 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4626 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4629 g->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash,
4630 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq, NULL);
4631 if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
4634 got_per_bfd_arg.bfd2got = g->bfd2got;
4635 got_per_bfd_arg.obfd = abfd;
4636 got_per_bfd_arg.info = info;
4638 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
4639 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
4640 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, &got_per_bfd_arg);
4641 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
4644 /* Also count how many page entries each input bfd requires. */
4645 htab_traverse (g->got_page_entries, mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd,
4647 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
4650 got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL;
4651 got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL;
4652 got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info)
4653 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
4654 - htab->reserved_gotno);
4655 got_per_bfd_arg.max_pages = pages;
4656 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4657 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4659 got_per_bfd_arg.global_count = g->global_gotno;
4661 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4662 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4663 to be the primary GOT. */
4664 htab_traverse (g->bfd2got, mips_elf_merge_gots, &got_per_bfd_arg);
4665 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
4668 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4669 if (got_per_bfd_arg.primary == NULL)
4670 g->next = mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd, FALSE);
4672 g->next = got_per_bfd_arg.primary;
4673 g->next->next = got_per_bfd_arg.current;
4675 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4679 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4680 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4681 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4682 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4685 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfdgot;
4688 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc
4689 (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash));
4696 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (gg->bfd2got, bfdgot, INSERT);
4698 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp == NULL);
4702 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4703 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4704 those that are actually referenced. */
4705 gg->reloc_only_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno;
4706 g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno;
4709 tga.value = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
4710 htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_area, &tga);
4711 tga.value = GGA_NORMAL;
4712 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_area, &tga);
4714 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4715 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4716 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4717 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4718 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4719 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4720 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4721 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4722 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4723 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4724 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4725 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4726 points back to the master GOT. */
4727 gg->local_gotno = -g->global_gotno;
4728 gg->global_gotno = g->global_gotno;
4735 struct mips_got_info *gn;
4737 assign += htab->reserved_gotno;
4738 g->assigned_gotno = assign;
4739 g->local_gotno += assign;
4740 g->local_gotno += (pages < g->page_gotno ? pages : g->page_gotno);
4741 assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
4743 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4744 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4745 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4750 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4751 all non-TLS entries. */
4752 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno;
4754 tga.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4755 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, &tga);
4758 BFD_ASSERT (g->tls_assigned_gotno == assign);
4760 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4763 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4764 lazy-binding stubs. */
4766 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs, info);
4770 got->size = assign * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4773 for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next)
4775 unsigned int save_assign;
4777 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
4778 relocations they need. */
4779 save_assign = g->assigned_gotno;
4780 g->assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno;
4782 tga.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4784 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx, &tga);
4787 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno);
4788 g->assigned_gotno = save_assign;
4792 g->relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_gotno;
4793 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == g->next->local_gotno
4794 + g->next->global_gotno
4795 + g->next->tls_gotno
4796 + htab->reserved_gotno);
4798 needed_relocs += g->relocs;
4800 needed_relocs += g->relocs;
4803 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info,
4810 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4811 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4813 static const Elf_Internal_Rela *
4814 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int r_type,
4815 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4816 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
4818 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info);
4820 while (relocation < relend)
4822 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type
4823 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_symndx)
4829 /* We didn't find it. */
4833 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
4836 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd *input_bfd,
4837 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4838 asection **local_sections)
4840 unsigned long r_symndx;
4841 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4844 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
4845 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
4846 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
4848 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
4850 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL)
4856 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
4859 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value, int bits)
4861 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1)))
4862 /* VALUE is negative. */
4863 value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits;
4868 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
4869 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
4873 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value, int bits)
4875 bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value;
4877 if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1)
4878 /* The value is too big. */
4880 else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1)))
4881 /* The value is too small. */
4888 /* Calculate the %high function. */
4891 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value)
4893 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
4896 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
4899 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4902 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
4909 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
4912 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4915 return ((value + (((bfd_vma) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
4922 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
4925 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
4926 (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4929 register asection *s;
4931 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL)
4933 flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4936 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".compact_rel", flags);
4938 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
4939 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
4942 s->size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel);
4948 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
4951 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4954 register asection *s;
4955 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4956 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
4957 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4959 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4960 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4962 /* This function may be called more than once. */
4966 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
4967 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
4969 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
4970 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
4971 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".got", flags);
4973 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
4977 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
4978 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
4979 are not creating a global offset table. */
4981 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4982 (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
4983 0, NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
4986 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
4989 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
4990 elf_hash_table (info)->hgot = h;
4993 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
4996 htab->got_info = mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd, TRUE);
4997 mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags
4998 |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
5000 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
5001 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".got.plt",
5002 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
5005 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
5013 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
5014 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
5015 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
5018 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5020 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->is_vxworks
5022 && (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
5023 || strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
5026 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
5027 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
5028 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
5032 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd *input_bfd, int r_type,
5033 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p)
5035 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5036 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5037 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5038 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5039 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5040 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd))
5047 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
5048 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
5049 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
5050 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
5051 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
5055 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p;
5062 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5063 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5064 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5066 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5067 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5068 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5070 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5071 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5072 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5073 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5075 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5076 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd *abfd, bfd *input_bfd,
5077 asection *input_section,
5078 struct bfd_link_info *info,
5079 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
5080 bfd_vma addend, reloc_howto_type *howto,
5081 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
5082 asection **local_sections, bfd_vma *valuep,
5084 bfd_boolean *cross_mode_jump_p,
5085 bfd_boolean save_addend)
5087 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5089 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5092 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5093 shared object file being produced. */
5095 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5098 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5100 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5101 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5102 during execution. */
5103 bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE;
5104 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5106 asection *sec = NULL;
5107 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
5108 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5110 bfd_boolean local_p, was_local_p;
5111 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5112 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p = FALSE;
5113 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5114 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5115 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p = FALSE;
5116 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5118 unsigned long r_symndx;
5120 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5121 relocation value. */
5122 bfd_boolean overflowed_p;
5123 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5124 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
5125 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p = FALSE;
5126 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5129 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5130 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
5131 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
5133 /* Parse the relocation. */
5134 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5135 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5136 p = (input_section->output_section->vma
5137 + input_section->output_offset
5138 + relocation->r_offset);
5140 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5141 overflowed_p = FALSE;
5143 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5144 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5145 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
5146 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
5148 was_local_p = local_p;
5149 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
5150 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5153 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5154 must come before globals. */
5158 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5161 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
5163 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
5164 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
5166 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5167 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION
5168 || (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE))
5169 symbol += sym->st_value;
5170 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
5171 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
5173 addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, &sec, addend);
5175 addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5178 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5179 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
5182 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5183 *namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
5184 symtab_hdr->sh_link,
5187 *namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
5189 target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other);
5190 target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym->st_other);
5194 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5196 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5197 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5198 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
5199 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5200 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5201 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5202 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
5204 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5205 *namep = h->root.root.root.string;
5207 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5208 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5209 if (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0
5210 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
5212 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5213 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5214 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type))
5215 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5219 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5220 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5221 else if (strcmp (*namep, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5222 gnu_local_gp_p = TRUE;
5225 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5226 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5227 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5229 else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5230 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
5231 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
5233 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
5234 if (sec->output_section)
5235 symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value
5236 + sec->output_section->vma
5237 + sec->output_offset);
5239 symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value;
5241 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5242 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5243 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5244 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5247 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
5248 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5250 else if (strcmp (*namep, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd)
5251 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5253 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5254 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5255 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5256 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5257 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5259 BFD_ASSERT (! info->shared);
5260 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL);
5263 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->root.other))
5265 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5266 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5267 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5268 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5269 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5270 which is available from here:
5271 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5274 else if ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
5275 (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
5276 input_section, relocation->r_offset,
5277 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR)
5278 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other)))
5280 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
5284 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5287 target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other);
5288 /* If the output section is the PLT section,
5289 then the target is not microMIPS. */
5290 target_is_micromips_code_p = (htab->splt != sec
5291 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other));
5294 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5295 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5297 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5299 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5300 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5302 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5303 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26
5304 && !info->relocatable
5306 && h->fn_stub != NULL
5307 && (r_type != R_MIPS16_CALL16 || h->need_fn_stub))
5309 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
5310 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
5311 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section))
5313 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5314 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5318 sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx];
5323 BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub);
5326 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5327 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5328 sec = h->la25_stub->stub_section;
5329 value = h->la25_stub->offset;
5338 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + value;
5339 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5340 target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
5342 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
5343 need to redirect the call to the stub. Note that we specifically
5344 exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior; indirect calls should
5345 use an indirect stub instead. */
5346 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
5347 && ((h != NULL && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL))
5349 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs != NULL
5350 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
5351 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
5354 sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx];
5357 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5358 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5360 if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
5365 for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
5367 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o)))
5369 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
5376 else if (h->call_stub != NULL)
5379 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
5382 BFD_ASSERT (sec->size > 0);
5383 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5385 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5387 else if (h != NULL && h->la25_stub
5388 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd, r_type,
5389 target_is_16_bit_code_p))
5390 symbol = (h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_section->vma
5391 + h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_offset
5392 + h->la25_stub->offset);
5394 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5395 if ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && target_is_micromips_code_p)
5396 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type) && target_is_16_bit_code_p))
5398 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5399 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5400 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5403 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5404 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5405 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5406 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5407 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5409 *cross_mode_jump_p = (!info->relocatable
5410 && !(h && h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5411 && ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
5412 || (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
5413 && !target_is_micromips_code_p)
5414 || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26 || r_type == R_MIPS_JALR)
5415 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5416 || target_is_micromips_code_p))));
5418 local_p = (h == NULL
5419 || (h->got_only_for_calls
5420 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root)
5421 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)));
5423 gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
5424 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
5426 gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
5431 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5432 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5433 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5434 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type) && !local_p)
5436 r_type = (micromips_reloc_p (r_type)
5437 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP : R_MIPS_GOT_DISP);
5441 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5442 to need it, get it now. */
5445 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
5446 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
5449 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5450 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5451 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5452 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5453 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5454 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
5455 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
5456 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
5457 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
5458 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
5459 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
5460 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
5462 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5463 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
5464 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
5465 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5466 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
5467 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
5468 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5469 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
5470 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5471 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
5473 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5474 0, 0, NULL, r_type);
5476 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5480 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5481 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5482 if (htab->is_vxworks
5483 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
5484 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
5485 || call16_reloc_p (r_type)))
5487 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
5488 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.needs_plt);
5489 g = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, &h->root);
5493 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
5494 g = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, input_bfd,
5495 &h->root, r_type, info);
5496 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type)
5497 && !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5498 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5499 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj, symbol, htab->sgot->contents + g);
5502 else if (!htab->is_vxworks
5503 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type)))
5504 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5508 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5509 symbol + addend, r_symndx, h, r_type);
5511 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5514 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5515 g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, g);
5519 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5520 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5521 if (h != NULL && is_gott_symbol (info, &h->root))
5523 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5527 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
5528 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5530 outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
5531 + input_section->output_offset
5532 + relocation->r_offset);
5533 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->root.dynindx, r_type);
5534 outrel.r_addend = addend;
5535 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc);
5537 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5538 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5540 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
5541 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5544 return bfd_reloc_ok;
5547 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5551 return bfd_reloc_continue;
5554 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
5555 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5562 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
5564 && h->root.def_dynamic
5565 && !h->root.def_regular
5566 && !h->has_static_relocs))
5567 && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
5569 || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5570 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5571 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5573 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5574 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5575 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5576 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5577 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5578 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5580 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd,
5588 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
5592 if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
5593 value = symbol + addend;
5597 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5601 value = symbol + addend - p;
5602 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5606 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5607 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5608 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5609 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5610 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5612 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
5616 /* Make sure the target of JALX is word-aligned. Bit 0 must be
5617 the correct ISA mode selector and bit 1 must be 0. */
5618 if (*cross_mode_jump_p && (symbol & 3) != (r_type == R_MIPS_26))
5619 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5621 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5622 shift = (!*cross_mode_jump_p && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1) ? 1 : 2;
5625 value = addend | ((p + 4) & (0xfc000000 << shift));
5627 value = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 26 + shift);
5628 value = (value + symbol) >> shift;
5629 if (!was_local_p && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5630 overflowed_p = (value >> 26) != ((p + 4) >> (26 + shift));
5631 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5635 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5636 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5637 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5638 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - dtprel_base (info))
5642 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5643 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32:
5644 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64:
5645 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5646 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5647 value = (symbol + addend - dtprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
5650 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5651 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5652 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5653 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - tprel_base (info))
5657 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5658 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32:
5659 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64:
5660 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5661 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5662 value = (symbol + addend - tprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
5667 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
5670 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol);
5671 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5675 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5676 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5677 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5681 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5682 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5683 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5684 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5685 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16)
5686 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - ((p + 4) & ~(bfd_vma) 0x3));
5687 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5688 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5689 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5690 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16)
5691 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p - 1);
5693 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p);
5694 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5700 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16:
5701 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16:
5703 value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask;
5706 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5707 for this conditional. */
5708 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16)
5709 value = addend + gp - (p & ~(bfd_vma) 0x3);
5710 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5711 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16)
5712 value = addend + gp - p + 3;
5714 value = addend + gp - p + 4;
5715 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5716 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5717 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5718 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5721 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5722 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5725 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5726 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5727 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5728 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5729 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5730 not check for overflow here. */
5734 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
5735 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL:
5736 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5737 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5738 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5743 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
5744 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5745 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5746 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5747 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5748 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
5749 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2:
5750 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
5751 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5752 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5753 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5754 if (howto->partial_inplace)
5755 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
5756 value = symbol + addend - gp;
5757 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5758 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5759 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5760 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5764 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5767 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
5768 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
5771 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
5772 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
5773 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
5774 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
5775 if (!htab->is_vxworks && local_p)
5777 value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5778 symbol + addend, !was_local_p);
5779 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
5780 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5782 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
5783 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5790 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5791 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
5792 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5793 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
5794 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5795 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
5796 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
5797 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5798 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
5799 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
5801 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5804 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
5805 value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp);
5807 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5811 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2:
5812 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 18) - p;
5813 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18);
5814 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5815 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5818 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
5819 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 8) - p;
5820 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 8);
5821 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5822 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5825 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
5826 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 11) - p;
5827 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 11);
5828 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5829 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5832 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
5833 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 17) - p;
5834 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 17);
5835 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5836 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5839 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
5840 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 25) - ((p | 3) ^ 3);
5841 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 25);
5842 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5843 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5846 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5847 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5848 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
5849 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
5850 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
5851 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
5852 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
5854 value = mips_elf_high (value);
5855 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5858 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5859 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5860 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
5861 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
5862 value = g & howto->dst_mask;
5865 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
5866 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
5867 value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL);
5868 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
5869 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5870 value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
5871 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5874 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
5875 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
5877 mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, &value);
5880 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5884 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB:
5885 value = symbol - addend;
5886 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5890 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER:
5891 value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol);
5892 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5895 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
5896 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST:
5897 value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol);
5898 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5901 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP:
5902 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP:
5903 value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset;
5904 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5908 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
5909 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
5910 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
5911 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
5912 if (h != NULL && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
5913 return bfd_reloc_continue;
5914 value = symbol + addend;
5918 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5919 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
5920 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
5921 return bfd_reloc_continue;
5924 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
5925 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5928 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
5930 return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok;
5933 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
5936 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type *howto,
5937 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
5938 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_byte *contents)
5941 bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
5943 /* Obtain the bytes. */
5944 x = bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto)), input_bfd, location);
5949 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
5950 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
5951 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
5953 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
5954 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5956 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
5959 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5960 reloc_howto_type *howto,
5961 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
5962 bfd_vma value, bfd *input_bfd,
5963 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
5964 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p)
5968 int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5970 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
5971 location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
5973 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
5975 /* Obtain the current value. */
5976 x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents);
5978 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
5979 x &= ~howto->dst_mask;
5981 /* Set the field. */
5982 x |= (value & howto->dst_mask);
5984 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
5985 if (cross_mode_jump_p && jal_reloc_p (r_type))
5988 bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
5989 bfd_vma jalx_opcode;
5991 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
5992 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
5994 ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7));
5997 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
5999 ok = ((opcode == 0x3d) || (opcode == 0x3c));
6004 ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d));
6008 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
6009 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
6012 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6013 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; consider recompiling with interlinking enabled."),
6016 (unsigned long) relocation->r_offset);
6017 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6021 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6022 x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
6025 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
6027 if (!info->relocatable
6028 && !cross_mode_jump_p
6029 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
6030 && r_type == R_MIPS_26
6031 && (x >> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
6032 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
6033 && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
6034 && x == 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6035 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd)
6036 && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
6037 && x == 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
6043 addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
6044 + input_section->output_offset
6045 + relocation->r_offset
6047 if (r_type == R_MIPS_26)
6048 dest = (value << 2) | ((addr >> 28) << 28);
6052 if (off <= 0x1ffff && off >= -0x20000)
6054 if (x == 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
6055 x = 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6057 x = 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6061 /* Put the value into the output. */
6062 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), input_bfd, x, location);
6064 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd, r_type, !info->relocatable,
6070 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6071 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6072 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6073 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6076 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
6077 struct bfd_link_info *info,
6078 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
6079 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6080 asection *sec, bfd_vma symbol,
6081 bfd_vma *addendp, asection *input_section)
6083 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel[3];
6088 bfd_boolean defined_p;
6089 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6091 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
6092 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
6094 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
6095 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
6096 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
6097 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
6098 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL);
6099 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)
6102 outrel[0].r_offset =
6103 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset);
6104 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
6106 outrel[1].r_offset =
6107 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset);
6108 outrel[2].r_offset =
6109 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset);
6112 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_ONE)
6113 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6116 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_TWO)
6118 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6119 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6120 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6125 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6126 in the relocation. */
6127 if (h != NULL && ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
6129 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks || h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE);
6130 indx = h->root.dynindx;
6131 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6132 defined_p = h->root.def_regular;
6134 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6135 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6136 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6137 undefined symbols. */
6142 if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
6144 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
6146 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6151 indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
6154 asection *osec = htab->root.text_index_section;
6155 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
6161 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6162 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6163 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6164 local symbols because we used to generate them
6165 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6166 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6167 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6168 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6169 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6170 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6172 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6173 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6174 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6175 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6176 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6181 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6182 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6183 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6184 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6185 if (defined_p && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
6188 if (htab->is_vxworks)
6189 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6190 outrel[0].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_MIPS_32);
6192 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6193 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6194 outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx,
6197 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6198 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6199 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6200 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6201 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6202 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6203 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6204 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6205 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6206 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6207 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6208 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6209 outrel[1].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0,
6210 ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
6213 outrel[2].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_NONE);
6215 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6216 correct location in the output file. */
6217 outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6218 + input_section->output_offset);
6219 outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6220 + input_section->output_offset);
6221 outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6222 + input_section->output_offset);
6224 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6225 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6226 relocation format is non-standard. */
6227 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
6229 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
6230 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6232 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
6234 else if (htab->is_vxworks)
6236 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6237 outrel[0].r_addend = *addendp;
6238 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6239 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6241 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
6244 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6245 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6246 (sreloc->contents + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
6248 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6249 ++sreloc->reloc_count;
6251 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6252 will be writing to it. */
6253 elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags
6256 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6257 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5)
6259 asection *scpt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
6264 Elf32_crinfo cptrel;
6266 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG);
6267 cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset
6268 + input_section->output_section->vma
6269 + input_section->output_offset);
6270 if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32)
6271 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32);
6273 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD);
6274 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0);
6275 cptrel.konst = *addendp;
6277 cr = (scpt->contents
6278 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
6279 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel, 0);
6280 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel,
6281 ((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr
6282 + scpt->reloc_count));
6283 ++scpt->reloc_count;
6287 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6288 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6290 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
6291 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
6296 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6299 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags)
6301 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH)
6303 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900:
6304 return bfd_mach_mips3900;
6306 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010:
6307 return bfd_mach_mips4010;
6309 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100:
6310 return bfd_mach_mips4100;
6312 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111:
6313 return bfd_mach_mips4111;
6315 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120:
6316 return bfd_mach_mips4120;
6318 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650:
6319 return bfd_mach_mips4650;
6321 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400:
6322 return bfd_mach_mips5400;
6324 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500:
6325 return bfd_mach_mips5500;
6327 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900:
6328 return bfd_mach_mips5900;
6330 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000:
6331 return bfd_mach_mips9000;
6333 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1:
6334 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
6336 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E:
6337 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e;
6339 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F:
6340 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f;
6342 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A:
6343 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a;
6345 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2:
6346 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2;
6348 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON:
6349 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon;
6351 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR:
6352 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr;
6355 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
6359 return bfd_mach_mips3000;
6362 return bfd_mach_mips6000;
6365 return bfd_mach_mips4000;
6368 return bfd_mach_mips8000;
6371 return bfd_mach_mips5;
6373 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
6374 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32;
6376 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
6377 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64;
6379 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2:
6380 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2;
6382 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2:
6383 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2;
6390 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6392 static INLINE char *
6393 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd *abfd)
6397 flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
6398 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
6401 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
6403 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
6407 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32:
6409 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64:
6411 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32:
6413 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64:
6416 return "unknown abi";
6420 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6421 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6422 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6423 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6424 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6425 static asection mips_elf_scom_section;
6426 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6427 static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
6429 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6430 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6431 definition in a shared library. */
6432 static asection mips_elf_acom_section;
6433 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6434 static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
6436 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6439 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym)
6441 elf_symbol_type *elfsym;
6443 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6444 elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
6445 switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
6447 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
6448 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6449 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6450 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6451 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6452 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6453 if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL)
6455 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6456 mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon";
6457 mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC;
6458 mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6459 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6460 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
6461 mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon";
6462 mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
6463 mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6464 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6466 asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6470 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6471 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6472 if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd)
6473 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_TLS
6474 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
6477 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
6478 if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL)
6480 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6481 mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon";
6482 mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON;
6483 mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6484 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6485 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
6486 mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon";
6487 mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
6488 mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6489 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6491 asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6492 asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
6495 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
6496 asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6501 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".text");
6503 if (section != NULL)
6505 asym->section = section;
6506 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6507 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6508 base address to make it an offset. */
6509 asym->value -= section->vma;
6516 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".data");
6518 if (section != NULL)
6520 asym->section = section;
6521 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6522 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6523 base address to make it an offset. */
6524 asym->value -= section->vma;
6530 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6531 or microMIPS one. */
6532 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_FUNC
6533 && (asym->value & 1) != 0)
6536 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS)
6537 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
6538 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
6540 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
6541 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
6545 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6546 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6548 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6549 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6550 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6551 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6552 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6554 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6555 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6556 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6557 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6559 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6560 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6561 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6562 We therefore take the following approach:
6564 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
6565 determine the pointer size.
6567 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
6568 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
6572 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
6573 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
6574 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
6575 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
6576 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
6578 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
6579 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
6583 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
6585 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
6587 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
6589 bfd_boolean long32_p, long64_p;
6591 long32_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
6592 long64_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
6593 if (long32_p && long64_p)
6600 if (sec->reloc_count > 0
6601 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != NULL
6602 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs[0].r_info)
6611 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
6612 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
6613 same address. For example, if we have code like:
6615 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
6616 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
6619 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
6620 will jump there rather than to .text.
6622 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
6623 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
6626 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd *abfd)
6628 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd);
6631 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
6632 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
6633 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
6637 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr)
6639 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
6640 && hdr->sh_size > 0)
6644 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
6645 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL);
6648 hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4,
6651 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6652 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
6656 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
6657 && hdr->bfd_section != NULL
6658 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL
6659 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata != NULL)
6661 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
6663 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
6664 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
6665 so that we don't have to read them again.
6666 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
6667 through the section contents to see if there is an
6668 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
6670 contents = mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata;
6672 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
6673 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
6675 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
6677 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
6679 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
6681 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6682 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6683 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
6686 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6693 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
6694 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)),
6697 H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6698 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 8, abfd) != 8)
6701 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6708 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
6709 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)),
6712 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6713 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
6720 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
6722 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section);
6724 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
6725 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
6726 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
6727 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
6728 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
6729 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
6730 on it in an input file will be followed. */
6731 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
6732 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0
6733 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
6735 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
6736 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
6738 else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0)
6740 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
6741 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
6743 else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0)
6746 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
6748 else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0)
6750 if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0)
6752 unsigned int adjust;
6754 adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign;
6756 hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust;
6764 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
6765 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
6766 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
6768 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
6772 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
6773 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
6779 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
6780 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
6781 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
6782 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
6783 probably get away with this. */
6784 switch (hdr->sh_type)
6786 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
6787 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0)
6791 if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0)
6794 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
6795 if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0)
6798 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
6799 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
6802 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE:
6803 if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0)
6806 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG:
6807 if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0)
6809 flags = SEC_DEBUGGING;
6811 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO:
6812 if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0
6813 || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo))
6815 flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
6817 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE:
6818 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
6821 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
6822 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
6825 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
6826 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
6829 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF:
6830 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
6831 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
6834 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
6835 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
6838 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
6839 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
6840 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
6847 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
6852 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
6853 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd,
6859 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
6861 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
6862 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
6863 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
6864 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
6865 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO)
6867 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
6870 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
6871 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
6873 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s);
6874 elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value;
6877 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
6878 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
6879 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
6880 they should agree. */
6881 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
6883 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
6885 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6886 if (contents == NULL)
6888 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents,
6895 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
6896 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
6898 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
6900 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
6902 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
6904 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6905 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6906 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
6909 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6911 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg;
6913 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
6915 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo *)
6916 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
6918 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
6920 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6922 Elf32_RegInfo intreg;
6924 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
6926 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo *)
6927 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
6929 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
6939 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
6940 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
6941 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6944 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *sec)
6946 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
6948 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0)
6950 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST;
6951 hdr->sh_info = sec->size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib);
6952 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
6954 else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0)
6955 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT;
6956 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
6958 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB;
6959 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
6960 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
6962 else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0)
6963 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE;
6964 else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0)
6966 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG;
6967 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
6968 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
6969 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
6970 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6972 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
6974 else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0)
6976 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO;
6977 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
6978 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
6979 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
6981 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
6982 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
6984 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
6987 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
6989 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
6990 && (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0
6991 || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0
6992 || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0))
6994 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
6995 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6997 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
6998 hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES;
7001 else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0
7002 || strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0
7003 || strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
7004 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
7005 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0
7006 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0)
7007 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
7008 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
7010 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE;
7011 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7013 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
7015 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT;
7016 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7017 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7019 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
7021 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
7022 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
7023 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7025 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
7026 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
7028 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
7030 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
7031 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
7032 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
7033 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_frame"))
7034 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7036 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7038 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB;
7039 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7040 final_write_processing. */
7042 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
7043 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7045 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS;
7046 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7047 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7049 else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0)
7051 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM;
7052 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
7053 hdr->sh_entsize = 8;
7056 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7057 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7058 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7059 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7060 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7065 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7066 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7067 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7068 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7069 the .scommon section. */
7072 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7073 asection *sec, int *retval)
7075 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0)
7077 *retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
7080 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0)
7082 *retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON;
7088 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7089 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7092 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
7093 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, const char **namep,
7094 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7095 asection **secp, bfd_vma *valp)
7097 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
7098 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
7099 && strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7101 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7106 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7107 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7108 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7109 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7110 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7111 is not done for them. */
7113 && (sym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
7114 && (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7120 switch (sym->st_shndx)
7123 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7124 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7125 if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd)
7126 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_TLS
7127 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
7130 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
7131 *secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon");
7132 (*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
7133 *valp = sym->st_size;
7137 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7138 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL)
7140 asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
7141 asection *elf_text_section;
7142 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
7144 elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7145 if (elf_text_section == NULL)
7148 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
7149 elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7150 if (elf_text_symbol == NULL)
7153 /* Initialize the section. */
7155 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section;
7156 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol;
7158 elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol;
7159 elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol;
7161 elf_text_section->name = ".text";
7162 elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7163 elf_text_section->output_section = NULL;
7164 elf_text_section->owner = abfd;
7165 elf_text_symbol->name = ".text";
7166 elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
7167 elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section;
7169 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7170 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7171 so I took it out. */
7172 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section;
7175 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
7176 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7178 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7179 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL)
7181 asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
7182 asection *elf_data_section;
7183 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
7185 elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7186 if (elf_data_section == NULL)
7189 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
7190 elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7191 if (elf_data_symbol == NULL)
7194 /* Initialize the section. */
7196 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section;
7197 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol;
7199 elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol;
7200 elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol;
7202 elf_data_section->name = ".data";
7203 elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7204 elf_data_section->output_section = NULL;
7205 elf_data_section->owner = abfd;
7206 elf_data_symbol->name = ".data";
7207 elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
7208 elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section;
7210 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7211 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7212 so I took it out. */
7213 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section;
7216 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
7217 *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr;
7221 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
7223 && info->output_bfd->xvec == abfd->xvec
7224 && strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7226 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7227 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
7229 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7231 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7232 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp, *valp, NULL, FALSE,
7233 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7236 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7239 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
7241 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7244 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = TRUE;
7245 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol = h;
7248 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7249 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7250 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7251 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
7257 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7258 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7259 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7262 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7263 (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7264 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
7265 asection *input_sec, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7267 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7268 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7269 common in the output file. */
7270 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
7271 && strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0)
7272 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
7274 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
7275 sym->st_value &= ~1;
7280 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7282 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7285 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7287 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7288 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
7290 register asection *s;
7291 const char * const *namep;
7292 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
7294 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
7295 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
7297 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
7298 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
7300 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7302 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
7304 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynamic");
7307 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
7312 /* We need to create .got section. */
7313 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
7316 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE))
7319 /* Create .stub section. */
7320 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
7321 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd),
7324 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
7325 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
7329 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
7331 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL)
7333 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rld_map",
7334 flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY);
7336 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
7337 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
7341 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7342 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7343 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7344 the linker takes such action. */
7345 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
7347 for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++)
7350 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7351 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr, 0,
7352 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7355 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7358 h->type = STT_SECTION;
7360 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7364 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7365 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
7367 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info))
7371 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7372 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".hash");
7374 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7375 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynsym");
7377 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7378 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynstr");
7380 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7382 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
7384 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7385 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynamic");
7387 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7394 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7396 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7397 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, 0,
7398 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7401 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7404 h->type = STT_SECTION;
7406 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7409 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head)
7411 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7412 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7413 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7414 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7415 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rld_map");
7416 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7418 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7420 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7421 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, s, 0, NULL, FALSE,
7422 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7425 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7428 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
7430 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7432 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol = h;
7436 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7437 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */
7438 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
7441 /* Cache the sections created above. */
7442 htab->splt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".plt");
7443 htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynbss");
7444 if (htab->is_vxworks)
7446 htab->srelbss = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rela.bss");
7447 htab->srelplt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rela.plt");
7450 htab->srelplt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rel.plt");
7452 || (htab->is_vxworks && !htab->srelbss && !info->shared)
7457 if (htab->is_vxworks)
7459 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7460 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
7463 /* Work out the PLT sizes. */
7466 htab->plt_header_size
7467 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry);
7468 htab->plt_entry_size
7469 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry);
7473 htab->plt_header_size
7474 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry);
7475 htab->plt_entry_size
7476 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry);
7479 else if (!info->shared)
7481 /* All variants of the plt0 entry are the same size. */
7482 htab->plt_header_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
7483 htab->plt_entry_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
7489 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7490 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7491 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7494 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
7495 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
7496 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
7498 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
7499 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7501 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7502 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7503 rel_hdr = elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr;
7504 if (rel_hdr == NULL)
7506 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7507 return ((size_t) (rel - relocs)
7508 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel);
7511 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7512 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7513 of the section that REL is against. */
7516 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7517 reloc_howto_type *howto, bfd_byte *contents)
7520 unsigned int r_type;
7523 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7524 location = contents + rel->r_offset;
7526 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7527 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
7528 addend = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, abfd, contents);
7529 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
7531 return addend & howto->src_mask;
7534 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7535 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7536 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7537 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7538 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7541 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd *abfd,
7542 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7543 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend,
7544 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma *addend)
7546 unsigned int r_type, lo16_type;
7547 const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation;
7548 reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto;
7551 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7552 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type))
7553 lo16_type = R_MIPS16_LO16;
7554 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type))
7555 lo16_type = R_MICROMIPS_LO16;
7557 lo16_type = R_MIPS_LO16;
7559 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7560 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
7561 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
7564 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7566 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
7567 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
7568 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
7569 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
7570 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
7571 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7573 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
7574 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
7575 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
7576 lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd, lo16_type, rel, relend);
7577 if (lo16_relocation == NULL)
7580 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7581 lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, lo16_type, FALSE);
7582 l = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, lo16_relocation, lo16_howto, contents);
7584 l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift;
7585 l = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16);
7592 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
7593 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
7594 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
7597 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_byte **contents)
7602 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
7603 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
7605 *contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
7609 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, contents);
7612 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
7613 allocate space in the global offset table. */
7616 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
7617 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
7621 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
7622 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
7624 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
7625 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
7627 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7628 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
7631 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7633 if (info->relocatable)
7636 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
7637 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
7639 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
7640 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
7641 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
7642 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7644 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7645 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
7647 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
7649 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
7650 if (FN_STUB_P (name))
7652 unsigned long r_symndx;
7654 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7657 r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (bed, sec, relocs, rel_end);
7660 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7661 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7662 " stub section `%s'"),
7664 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7668 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
7669 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
7673 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7674 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
7675 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
7676 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7678 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
7679 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
7681 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7682 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
7683 || o->reloc_count == 0
7684 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
7688 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
7690 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
7693 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
7694 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
7695 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
7696 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info)))
7699 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
7708 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7709 not need it. Since this function is called before
7710 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7711 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7713 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7717 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
7719 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL)
7721 unsigned long symcount;
7725 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
7726 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
7728 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7729 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
7730 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7733 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n;
7736 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7737 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
7739 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7740 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7741 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7742 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7746 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7748 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
7749 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
7751 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
7752 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
7753 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
7755 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7757 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7758 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7759 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7760 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7761 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7762 if (h->fn_stub != NULL)
7764 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7768 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7770 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
7773 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
7775 unsigned long r_symndx;
7776 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7779 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7782 r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (bed, sec, relocs, rel_end);
7785 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7786 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7787 " stub section `%s'"),
7789 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7793 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
7794 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
7798 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7799 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
7800 that refers to this symbol. */
7801 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7803 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
7804 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
7806 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7807 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
7808 || o->reloc_count == 0
7809 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
7813 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
7815 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
7818 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
7819 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
7820 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
7821 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) == R_MIPS16_26)
7824 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
7833 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7834 not need it. Since this function is called before
7835 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7836 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7838 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7842 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
7844 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs == NULL)
7846 unsigned long symcount;
7850 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
7851 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
7853 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7854 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
7855 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7858 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs = n;
7861 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7862 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
7864 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7865 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7866 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7867 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7871 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
7872 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
7874 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7876 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
7877 loc = &h->call_fp_stub;
7879 loc = &h->call_stub;
7881 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7882 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7883 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7884 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7885 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7888 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7892 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7894 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
7900 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel)
7902 unsigned long r_symndx;
7903 unsigned int r_type;
7904 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7905 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p;
7907 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info);
7908 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7910 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
7912 else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
7914 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7915 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
7917 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7922 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff];
7924 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
7925 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning))
7926 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
7929 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
7930 relocation into a dynamic one. */
7931 can_make_dynamic_p = FALSE;
7936 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
7937 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
7938 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
7939 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
7940 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
7941 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
7942 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
7943 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
7945 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
7946 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
7947 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
7948 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
7949 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
7950 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
7951 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
7952 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
7953 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
7954 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
7955 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
7956 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
7957 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
7958 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
7959 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
7960 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
7961 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
7962 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
7964 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
7965 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
7967 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
7969 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7970 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
7971 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
7972 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7977 /* This is just a hint; it can safely be ignored. Don't set
7978 has_static_relocs for the corresponding symbol. */
7980 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
7986 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
7987 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
7988 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
7990 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
7991 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
7992 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
7993 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
7994 against a read-only section. */
7997 && !htab->is_vxworks
7998 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
7999 && !(!info->nocopyreloc
8000 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd)
8001 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))))
8002 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
8004 can_make_dynamic_p = TRUE;
8006 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
8009 /* For sections that are not SEC_ALLOC a copy reloc would be
8010 output if possible (implying questionable semantics for
8011 read-only data objects) or otherwise the final link would
8012 fail as ld.so will not process them and could not therefore
8013 handle any outstanding dynamic relocations.
8015 For such sections that are also SEC_DEBUGGING, we can avoid
8016 these problems by simply ignoring any relocs as these
8017 sections have a predefined use and we know it is safe to do
8020 This is needed in cases such as a global symbol definition
8021 in a shared library causing a common symbol from an object
8022 file to be converted to an undefined reference. If that
8023 happens, then all the relocations against this symbol from
8024 SEC_DEBUGGING sections in the object file will resolve to
8026 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
8031 /* Most static relocations require pointer equality, except
8034 h->pointer_equality_needed = TRUE;
8040 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8041 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
8042 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
8043 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
8044 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
8046 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_static_relocs = TRUE;
8052 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8053 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8054 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8055 if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
8059 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
8063 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
8064 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8065 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8066 relocations against the text segment. */
8067 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8070 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
8071 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
8072 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type)
8073 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type) && htab->is_vxworks))
8075 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8076 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8077 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8078 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8079 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8080 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8081 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8082 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8083 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
8084 rel->r_addend, info, r_type))
8089 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd, r_type,
8090 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->other)))
8091 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
8096 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
8097 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
8100 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8101 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
8102 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
8103 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8108 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
8109 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
8110 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
8111 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
8114 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8115 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8116 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8117 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, TRUE,
8121 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8122 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8123 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8129 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8130 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8131 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8132 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8135 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
8136 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8138 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8139 if (hmips->root.def_regular
8140 && ! (info->shared && ! info->symbolic
8141 && ! hmips->root.forced_local))
8146 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
8148 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
8149 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
8150 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
8151 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
8152 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
8153 if (!h || got_page_reloc_p (r_type))
8155 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8156 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8157 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8159 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd, sec, relocs, rel))
8161 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
8163 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
8164 addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, rel,
8166 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type))
8167 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd, rel, rel_end,
8170 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
8173 addend = rel->r_addend;
8174 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (info, abfd, r_symndx,
8180 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
8181 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
8182 if (h && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
8187 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8188 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8189 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8191 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
8194 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
8195 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
8196 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
8197 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
8199 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
8205 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
8206 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
8207 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8208 for TLS GD relocations. */
8211 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
8217 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
8227 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8228 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8229 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8230 if (can_make_dynamic_p)
8234 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
8238 if (info->shared && h == NULL)
8240 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8241 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8242 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8243 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
8244 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8245 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8246 relocations against the text segment. */
8247 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8251 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8253 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8254 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8255 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8256 it will be left as zero.
8258 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8259 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8261 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8262 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8264 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8265 ++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
8266 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8267 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8268 are relocations against the text segment. */
8269 hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
8273 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8274 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
8275 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
8279 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
8280 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
8281 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
8282 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8283 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
8284 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL:
8285 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2:
8286 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8287 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
8288 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
8291 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8292 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8293 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8294 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
8298 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8299 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8300 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
8301 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
8303 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
8311 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
8312 related to taking the function's address. This doesn't apply to
8313 VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer to a .got.plt entry instead of
8314 a normal .got entry. */
8315 if (!htab->is_vxworks && h != NULL)
8319 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
8321 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
8323 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
8324 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
8326 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
8327 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
8328 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
8329 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
8333 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8334 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8335 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8336 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8338 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type)
8339 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec))
8341 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
8343 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8344 mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
8347 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8348 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8349 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8350 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8351 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8359 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
8360 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
8361 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER:
8362 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST:
8363 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8364 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8365 if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF)
8368 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8369 and has a special meaning. */
8370 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd) && h != NULL
8371 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8374 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8375 if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
8382 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8383 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
8384 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8385 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8387 (h) ? h->root.root.string : "a local symbol");
8388 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8400 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
8401 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
8404 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
8405 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
8406 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
8407 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
8409 bfd_boolean changed_contents = FALSE;
8410 bfd_vma sec_start = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
8411 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
8413 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8416 if (link_info->relocatable)
8419 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
8420 link_info->keep_memory);
8421 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
8424 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count
8425 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
8426 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
8427 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
8429 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
8432 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset;
8433 unsigned int r_type;
8434 unsigned long r_symndx;
8436 unsigned long instruction;
8438 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8439 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8440 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8441 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, irel->r_info);
8442 if (r_type != R_MIPS_JALR)
8445 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, irel->r_info);
8446 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8447 if (r_symndx >= extsymoff)
8449 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h
8450 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
8451 elf_sym_hashes (abfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
8453 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
8454 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
8455 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
8457 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8459 if (! ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
8460 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
8461 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
8462 || (link_info->shared && ! link_info->symbolic
8463 && !h->root.forced_local))
8466 sym_sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
8467 if (sym_sec->output_section)
8468 symval = (h->root.root.u.def.value
8469 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
8470 + sym_sec->output_offset);
8472 symval = h->root.root.u.def.value;
8476 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
8478 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8479 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
8481 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
8482 if (isymbuf == NULL)
8483 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
8484 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
8486 if (isymbuf == NULL)
8490 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
8491 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
8493 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
8494 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
8495 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
8496 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
8499 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
8500 symval = isym->st_value
8501 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
8502 + sym_sec->output_offset;
8505 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8507 sym_offset = (symval + irel->r_addend)
8508 - (sec_start + irel->r_offset + 4);
8510 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
8511 if ((sym_offset & 3) != 0)
8516 /* Check that it's in range. */
8517 if (sym_offset < -0x8000 || sym_offset >= 0x8000)
8520 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
8521 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
8524 instruction = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset);
8526 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
8527 if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
8528 instruction = 0x04110000;
8529 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
8530 else if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
8531 instruction = 0x10000000;
8535 instruction |= (sym_offset & 0xffff);
8536 bfd_put_32 (abfd, instruction, contents + irel->r_offset);
8537 changed_contents = TRUE;
8540 if (contents != NULL
8541 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
8543 if (!changed_contents && !link_info->keep_memory)
8547 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
8548 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
8554 if (contents != NULL
8555 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
8560 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8563 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
8565 struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
8567 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8568 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8570 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8571 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8573 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8574 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8576 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8577 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
8578 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
8581 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
8582 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
8583 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
8586 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8587 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8588 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
8589 if (! info->relocatable
8590 && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
8591 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
8592 || (!h->def_regular && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h))
8595 bfd_boolean do_copy = TRUE;
8597 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
8599 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
8600 non-default visibility. */
8601 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
8604 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8606 else if (h->dynindx == -1 && !h->forced_local)
8608 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
8615 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8616 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
8617 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
8618 relocations against it.
8620 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
8621 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
8623 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
8625 if (hmips->global_got_area > GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
8626 hmips->global_got_area = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
8627 hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
8630 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8631 (dynobj, info, hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
8632 if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
8633 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8634 against the text segment. */
8635 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8642 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
8643 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
8644 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
8645 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
8649 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
8650 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
8653 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8654 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8656 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8657 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8659 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8660 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8662 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
8663 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
8665 || h->u.weakdef != NULL
8668 && !h->def_regular)));
8670 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8672 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
8673 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
8674 only do this if all references to the function are through call
8675 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
8676 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
8678 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
8679 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
8680 if (!htab->is_vxworks && h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
8682 if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
8685 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
8686 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
8687 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
8688 executable and the shared library. */
8689 if (!h->def_regular)
8691 hmips->needs_lazy_stub = TRUE;
8692 htab->lazy_stub_count++;
8696 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
8697 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
8699 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
8700 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
8701 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
8702 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
8703 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
8704 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
8705 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
8706 else if (((h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
8707 || (h->type == STT_FUNC && hmips->has_static_relocs))
8708 && htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
8709 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
8710 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
8711 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
8713 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room
8715 if (htab->splt->size == 0)
8717 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt->size == 0);
8719 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
8720 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
8721 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
8722 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
8723 if (!htab->is_vxworks
8724 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->splt, 5))
8727 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
8728 for the same reason as above. */
8729 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sgotplt,
8730 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
8733 htab->splt->size += htab->plt_header_size;
8735 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
8737 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
8739 += get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->got_header_size;
8741 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
8742 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
8743 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
8744 htab->srelplt2->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8747 /* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol. */
8748 h->plt.offset = htab->splt->size;
8749 htab->splt->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
8751 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
8752 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
8753 if (!info->shared && !h->def_regular)
8755 h->root.u.def.section = htab->splt;
8756 h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
8757 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the
8758 lazy resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical
8759 function address. */
8760 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8761 h->root.u.def.value += 8;
8764 /* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
8766 htab->sgotplt->size += MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj);
8767 htab->srelplt->size += (htab->is_vxworks
8768 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj)
8769 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj));
8771 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
8772 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
8773 htab->srelplt2->size += 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8775 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8776 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
8777 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
8782 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
8783 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
8784 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
8785 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
8787 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
8788 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
8789 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
8790 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
8794 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
8795 in regular objects. */
8799 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
8800 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
8801 if (!hmips->has_static_relocs)
8804 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
8805 some that we can't convert. */
8806 if (!htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs || info->shared)
8808 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
8809 "dynamic symbol %s"),
8810 h->root.root.string);
8811 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8815 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
8816 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
8817 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
8818 object will contain position independent code, so all references
8819 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
8820 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
8821 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
8822 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
8823 same memory location for the variable. */
8825 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
8827 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8828 htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8830 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
8834 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8835 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
8836 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
8838 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, htab->sdynbss);
8841 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
8842 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
8843 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
8846 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
8847 struct bfd_link_info *info)
8850 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8851 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
8853 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8854 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8856 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
8857 ri = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
8859 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, ri, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
8862 hti.output_bfd = output_bfd;
8864 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
8865 mips_elf_check_symbols, &hti);
8872 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
8875 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
8879 struct mips_got_info *g;
8880 bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
8881 bfd_size_type page_gotno;
8883 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga;
8884 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8886 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8887 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8893 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8896 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
8897 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
8898 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == 0);
8899 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8900 htab->reserved_gotno = 3;
8902 htab->reserved_gotno = 2;
8903 g->local_gotno += htab->reserved_gotno;
8904 g->assigned_gotno = htab->reserved_gotno;
8906 /* Replace entries for indirect and warning symbols with entries for
8907 the target symbol. */
8908 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g))
8911 /* Count the number of GOT symbols. */
8912 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_count_got_symbols, info);
8914 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
8915 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
8917 for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub; sub = sub->link_next)
8919 asection *subsection;
8921 for (subsection = sub->sections;
8923 subsection = subsection->next)
8925 if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
8927 loadable_size += ((subsection->size + 0xf)
8928 &~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf);
8932 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8933 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
8934 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
8935 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
8938 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
8939 sections. Is 5 enough? */
8940 page_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5;
8942 /* Choose the smaller of the two estimates; both are intended to be
8944 if (page_gotno > g->page_gotno)
8945 page_gotno = g->page_gotno;
8947 g->local_gotno += page_gotno;
8949 /* Count the number of local GOT entries and TLS relocs. */
8952 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_count_local_got_entries, &tga);
8954 /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
8955 instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
8956 entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */
8957 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
8958 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries,
8961 s->size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8962 s->size += g->global_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8963 s->size += g->tls_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8965 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
8966 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
8968 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8970 /* VxWorks executables do not need a GOT. */
8973 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
8976 count = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
8978 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, count);
8981 else if (s->size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info))
8983 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, s, page_gotno))
8988 /* Set up TLS entries. */
8989 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno;
8992 tga.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8993 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, &tga);
8996 BFD_ASSERT (g->tls_assigned_gotno
8997 == g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno + g->tls_gotno);
8999 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
9001 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, g->relocs);
9007 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
9010 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
9012 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9013 bfd_size_type dynsymcount;
9015 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9016 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9018 if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
9021 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
9022 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9023 htab->lazy_stub_count++;
9025 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9026 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9027 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9029 dynsymcount = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
9030 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd, info));
9032 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. */
9033 htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
9034 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9035 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
9037 htab->sstubs->size = htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size;
9040 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
9041 MIPS hash table. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub,
9042 allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9045 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void **data)
9047 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9049 htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) data;
9050 if (h->needs_lazy_stub)
9052 h->root.root.u.def.section = htab->sstubs;
9053 h->root.root.u.def.value = htab->sstubs->size;
9054 h->root.plt.offset = htab->sstubs->size;
9055 htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
9060 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9061 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9064 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
9066 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9068 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9069 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9071 if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
9074 htab->sstubs->size = 0;
9075 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub, htab);
9076 htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
9077 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size
9078 == htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size);
9081 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9084 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
9085 struct bfd_link_info *info)
9088 asection *s, *sreldyn;
9089 bfd_boolean reltext;
9090 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9092 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9093 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9094 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9095 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
9097 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
9099 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9100 if (info->executable)
9102 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
9103 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
9105 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1;
9107 = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd);
9110 /* Create a symbol for the PLT, if we know that we are using it. */
9111 if (htab->splt && htab->splt->size > 0 && htab->root.hplt == NULL)
9113 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
9115 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
9117 h = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj, info, htab->splt,
9118 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9119 htab->root.hplt = h;
9126 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9127 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
9129 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd, info);
9131 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd, info))
9134 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info);
9136 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9137 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9140 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
9144 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9145 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9146 name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
9148 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
9151 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rel"))
9155 const char *outname;
9158 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9159 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9160 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9161 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9162 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9164 outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd,
9166 target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4);
9168 && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
9169 && (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
9170 || strcmp (outname, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) == 0)
9173 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9174 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9175 if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) != 0)
9178 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9179 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9180 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9181 will move them around between input sections'
9182 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9183 broken, so don't let it run. */
9184 info->combreloc = 0;
9187 else if (! info->shared
9188 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
9189 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rld_map"))
9191 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9192 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9193 s->size += MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd);
9195 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
9196 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".compact_rel"))
9197 s->size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size;
9198 else if (s == htab->splt)
9200 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9201 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9202 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9203 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd)
9204 && ! htab->is_vxworks && s->size > 0)
9207 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".init")
9209 && s != htab->sgotplt
9210 && s != htab->sstubs
9211 && s != htab->sdynbss)
9213 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9219 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
9223 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
9226 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9227 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
9228 if (s->contents == NULL)
9230 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
9235 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
9237 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9238 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9239 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9240 the .dynamic section. */
9242 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9243 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9244 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9245 may only look at the first one they see. */
9247 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0))
9250 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9251 used by the debugger. */
9252 if (info->executable
9253 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
9254 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
9257 if (reltext && (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd) || htab->is_vxworks))
9258 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
9260 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
9262 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0))
9265 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9266 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9267 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9268 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9269 info->flags &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
9272 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
9275 sreldyn = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
9276 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9278 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9279 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9280 if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
9282 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELA, 0))
9285 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELASZ, 0))
9288 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELAENT, 0))
9294 if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
9296 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
9299 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0))
9302 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0))
9306 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0))
9309 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0))
9312 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0))
9315 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0))
9318 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0))
9321 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0))
9324 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0))
9327 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5
9328 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0))
9331 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6
9332 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
9333 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)))
9334 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
9337 if (htab->splt->size > 0)
9339 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTREL, 0))
9342 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_JMPREL, 0))
9345 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTRELSZ, 0))
9348 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT, 0))
9351 if (htab->is_vxworks
9352 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
9359 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
9360 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
9361 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
9362 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
9365 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
9366 bfd *input_bfd, Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
9367 asection **local_sections, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
9369 unsigned int r_type, r_symndx;
9370 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
9373 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
9375 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
9376 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type)
9377 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32
9378 || literal_reloc_p (r_type))
9380 rel->r_addend += _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
9381 rel->r_addend -= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
9384 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
9385 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
9387 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
9388 if (!info->relocatable)
9390 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
9391 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
9394 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
9395 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
9396 rel->r_addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset;
9400 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
9401 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
9402 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
9403 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
9404 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
9405 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
9406 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
9407 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
9408 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
9409 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
9410 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
9412 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
9413 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
9414 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
9417 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd *output_bfd,
9418 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9419 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
9420 Elf_Internal_Rela **rel,
9421 const Elf_Internal_Rela **relend,
9422 bfd_boolean rel_reloc,
9423 reloc_howto_type *howto,
9426 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
9427 int count = bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
9428 unsigned int r_type;
9431 for (i = count - 1; i > 0; i--)
9433 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, (*rel)[i].r_info);
9434 if (r_type != R_MIPS_NONE)
9436 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, !rel_reloc);
9442 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
9443 (*rel), count, (*relend),
9444 howto, i, contents);
9449 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
9452 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
9453 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
9454 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
9455 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
9456 asection **local_sections)
9458 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
9459 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
9461 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
9462 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
9464 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
9465 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
9466 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
9470 reloc_howto_type *howto;
9471 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p;
9472 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
9474 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p = TRUE;
9475 unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
9477 unsigned long r_symndx;
9479 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
9480 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
9481 bfd_boolean rel_reloc;
9483 rel_reloc = (NEWABI_P (input_bfd)
9484 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
9486 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
9487 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, !rel_reloc);
9489 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, rel->r_info);
9490 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
9491 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
9493 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
9498 unsigned long extsymoff;
9501 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
9502 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
9503 h = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
9504 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
9505 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
9506 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
9509 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
9510 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
9511 sec = h->root.u.def.section;
9514 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
9516 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
9517 input_section, &rel, &relend,
9518 rel_reloc, howto, contents);
9522 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
9524 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
9525 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
9526 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
9527 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
9528 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
9529 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
9530 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32, FALSE);
9532 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
9534 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9538 if (!use_saved_addend_p)
9540 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
9541 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
9542 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
9544 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
9547 rela_relocation_p = FALSE;
9548 addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel,
9550 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
9551 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type)
9552 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel,
9555 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel, relend,
9559 name = h->root.root.string;
9561 name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
9562 local_syms + r_symndx,
9564 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9565 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
9566 input_bfd, input_section, name, howto->name,
9571 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
9574 addend = rel->r_addend;
9575 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
9576 local_syms, local_sections, rel);
9579 if (info->relocatable)
9581 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)
9582 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9585 if (!rela_relocation_p && rel->r_addend)
9587 addend += rel->r_addend;
9588 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type))
9589 addend = mips_elf_high (addend);
9590 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER)
9591 addend = mips_elf_higher (addend);
9592 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST)
9593 addend = mips_elf_highest (addend);
9595 addend >>= howto->rightshift;
9597 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
9598 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
9599 source of the addend in the final link. */
9600 addend &= howto->src_mask;
9602 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
9603 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9604 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
9605 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
9606 but for endianness. */
9612 if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
9614 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
9621 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9622 do two separate stores. */
9623 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9625 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9627 low_bits = sign_bits;
9633 high_bits = sign_bits;
9635 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
9636 contents + rel->r_offset);
9637 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
9638 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
9642 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend,
9643 input_bfd, input_section,
9648 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
9652 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
9653 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
9654 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
9656 if (rel + 1 < relend
9657 && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset
9658 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE)
9659 use_saved_addend_p = TRUE;
9661 use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
9663 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
9664 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd,
9665 input_section, info, rel,
9666 addend, howto, local_syms,
9667 local_sections, &value,
9668 &name, &cross_mode_jump_p,
9669 use_saved_addend_p))
9671 case bfd_reloc_continue:
9672 /* There's nothing to do. */
9675 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
9676 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
9677 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
9678 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
9679 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
9682 case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
9683 msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
9684 info->callbacks->warning
9685 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
9688 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
9689 if (use_saved_addend_p)
9690 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
9691 a given location. */
9695 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9697 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9698 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9699 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
9700 if (!htab->small_data_overflow_reported
9701 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto->type)
9702 || literal_reloc_p (howto->type)))
9704 msg = _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
9705 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
9707 htab->small_data_overflow_reported = TRUE;
9708 (*info->callbacks->einfo) ("%P: %s\n", msg);
9710 if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
9711 (info, NULL, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0,
9712 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)))
9720 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
9721 if (jal_reloc_p (howto->type))
9723 msg = _("JALX to a non-word-aligned address");
9724 info->callbacks->warning
9725 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
9735 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
9736 until we reach the last one. */
9737 if (use_saved_addend_p)
9743 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
9744 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9745 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
9746 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
9747 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
9748 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
9749 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
9750 only a 32-bit VMA. */
9756 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
9758 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
9765 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9766 do two separate stores. */
9767 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9769 /* Undo what we did above. */
9771 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9773 low_bits = sign_bits;
9779 high_bits = sign_bits;
9781 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
9782 contents + rel->r_offset);
9783 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
9784 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
9788 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
9789 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value,
9790 input_bfd, input_section,
9791 contents, cross_mode_jump_p))
9798 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
9799 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
9802 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot, void *data)
9804 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
9805 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9806 struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub;
9809 bfd_vma offset, target, target_high, target_low;
9811 stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
9812 hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
9813 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (hti->info);
9814 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9816 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
9817 s = stub->stub_section;
9821 loc = bfd_malloc (s->size);
9830 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
9831 offset = stub->offset;
9833 /* Work out the target address. */
9834 target = mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &s);
9835 target += s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
9837 target_high = ((target + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9838 target_low = (target & 0xffff);
9840 if (stub->stub_section != htab->strampoline)
9842 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
9843 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
9844 memset (loc, 0, offset);
9846 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
9848 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
9849 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high),
9851 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
9852 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low),
9857 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
9858 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 4);
9863 /* This is trampoline. */
9865 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
9867 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
9868 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high), loc);
9869 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
9870 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target), loc + 4);
9871 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
9872 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low), loc + 8);
9873 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
9877 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
9878 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_J (target), loc + 4);
9879 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 8);
9880 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
9886 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
9887 adjust it appropriately now. */
9890 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9891 const char *name, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9893 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
9894 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
9895 static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = {
9898 "__dso_displacement",
9900 "__program_header_table",
9904 static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = {
9912 const char* const *p;
9915 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
9916 for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols;
9919 if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0)
9921 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
9923 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
9924 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
9926 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
9928 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
9930 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
9936 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9937 dynamic sections here. */
9940 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
9941 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9942 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
9943 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9947 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
9950 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9951 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
9953 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9954 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9955 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9956 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
9958 BFD_ASSERT (!htab->is_vxworks);
9960 if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE && hmips->no_fn_stub)
9962 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
9964 bfd_vma header_address, plt_index, got_address;
9965 bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low, load;
9966 const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
9968 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
9969 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9970 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
9971 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->splt->size);
9972 BFD_ASSERT (!h->def_regular);
9974 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
9975 header_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
9976 + htab->splt->output_offset);
9978 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
9979 plt_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size)
9980 / htab->plt_entry_size);
9982 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
9983 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
9984 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
9985 + (2 + plt_index) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
9986 got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9987 got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
9989 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
9990 loc = (htab->sgotplt->contents
9991 + (2 + plt_index) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
9992 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
9993 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
9995 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
9997 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
9998 loc = htab->splt->contents + h->plt.offset;
10000 /* Pick the load opcode. */
10001 load = MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd);
10003 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10004 plt_entry = mips_exec_plt_entry;
10005 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_address_high, loc);
10006 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_address_low | load, loc + 4);
10008 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd))
10010 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 8);
10011 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
10015 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 8);
10016 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 12);
10019 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10020 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, htab->srelplt,
10021 plt_index, h->dynindx,
10022 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT, got_address);
10024 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
10025 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
10026 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
10027 binary where pointer equality matters. */
10028 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
10029 if (h->pointer_equality_needed)
10030 sym->st_other = STO_MIPS_PLT;
10034 else if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
10036 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
10037 bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE];
10039 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
10041 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10043 BFD_ASSERT ((htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
10044 || (h->dynindx <= 0xffff));
10046 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
10047 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
10049 if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fffffff)
10052 /* Fill the stub. */
10054 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub + idx);
10056 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd), stub + idx);
10058 if (htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
10060 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LUI ((h->dynindx >> 16) & 0x7fff),
10064 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + idx);
10067 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10068 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10069 if (htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
10070 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_ORI (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx);
10071 else if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fff)
10072 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16U (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx);
10074 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd, h->dynindx),
10077 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->sstubs->size);
10078 memcpy (htab->sstubs->contents + h->plt.offset,
10079 stub, htab->function_stub_size);
10081 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
10082 only for the referenced symbol. */
10083 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
10085 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10086 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10087 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10088 sym->st_value = (htab->sstubs->output_section->vma
10089 + htab->sstubs->output_offset
10093 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
10094 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
10096 if (h->dynindx != -1 && hmips->fn_stub != NULL)
10098 BFD_ASSERT (hmips->need_fn_stub);
10099 sym->st_value = (hmips->fn_stub->output_section->vma
10100 + hmips->fn_stub->output_offset);
10101 sym->st_size = hmips->fn_stub->size;
10102 sym->st_other = ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym->st_other);
10105 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
10106 || h->forced_local);
10109 g = htab->got_info;
10110 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
10112 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
10113 the symbols that need them. */
10114 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
10119 value = sym->st_value;
10120 offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h,
10121 R_MIPS_GOT16, info);
10122 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
10125 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE && g->next)
10127 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
10133 e.abfd = output_bfd;
10138 for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
10141 && (p = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries,
10144 offset = p->gotidx;
10146 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
10148 && p->d.h->root.def_dynamic
10149 && !p->d.h->root.def_regular))
10151 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
10152 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
10153 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
10154 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
10155 appropriate addend. */
10156 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
10158 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
10159 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
10160 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_64);
10162 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_32);
10163 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
10166 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10167 (output_bfd, info, rel,
10168 e.d.h, NULL, sym->st_value, &entry, sgot)))
10172 entry = sym->st_value;
10173 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, entry, sgot->contents + offset);
10178 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
10179 name = h->root.root.string;
10180 if (h == elf_hash_table (info)->hdynamic
10181 || h == elf_hash_table (info)->hgot)
10182 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10183 else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
10184 || strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
10186 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10187 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10190 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
10192 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10193 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10194 sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd);
10196 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
10198 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
10199 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
10201 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10202 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
10204 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
10206 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
10208 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10209 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
10210 sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count;
10211 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10213 else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
10215 if (h->type == STT_FUNC)
10216 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
10217 else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT)
10218 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
10222 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10228 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10229 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10231 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10232 symval = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
10233 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
10234 + h->root.u.def.value);
10235 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, s, s->reloc_count++,
10236 h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY, symval);
10239 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
10240 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
10241 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym);
10243 /* Keep dynamic MIPS16 symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker to
10244 treat MIPS16 symbols like any other. */
10245 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
10247 BFD_ASSERT (sym->st_value & 1);
10248 sym->st_other -= STO_MIPS16;
10254 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
10257 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
10258 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10259 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
10260 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
10264 struct mips_got_info *g;
10265 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10266 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
10268 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10269 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10270 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
10271 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
10273 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
10276 bfd_vma plt_address, plt_index, got_address, got_offset, branch_offset;
10277 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10278 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
10280 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10281 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
10282 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->splt->size);
10284 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
10285 plt_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
10286 + htab->splt->output_offset
10289 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
10290 plt_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size)
10291 / htab->plt_entry_size);
10293 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10294 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
10295 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
10298 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
10299 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10300 got_offset = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, h);
10302 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
10303 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
10304 branch_offset = -(h->plt.offset / 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
10306 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
10307 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_address,
10308 htab->sgotplt->contents + plt_index * 4);
10310 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10311 loc = htab->splt->contents + h->plt.offset;
10315 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry;
10316 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
10317 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | plt_index, loc + 4);
10321 bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low;
10323 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry;
10324 got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10325 got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
10327 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
10328 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | plt_index, loc + 4);
10329 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_high, loc + 8);
10330 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3] | got_address_low, loc + 12);
10331 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
10332 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
10333 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
10334 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
10336 loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
10337 + (plt_index * 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
10339 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
10340 rel.r_offset = got_address;
10341 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
10342 rel.r_addend = h->plt.offset;
10343 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10345 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
10346 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10347 rel.r_offset = plt_address + 8;
10348 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
10349 rel.r_addend = got_offset;
10350 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10352 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
10353 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10355 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
10356 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10359 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10360 loc = htab->srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10361 rel.r_offset = got_address;
10362 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT);
10364 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10366 if (!h->def_regular)
10367 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
10370 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 || h->forced_local);
10373 g = htab->got_info;
10374 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
10376 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
10377 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
10380 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
10384 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
10385 offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h,
10386 R_MIPS_GOT16, info);
10387 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, sym->st_value, sgot->contents + offset);
10389 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
10390 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10391 loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
10392 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
10393 + sgot->output_offset
10395 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_32);
10396 outrel.r_addend = 0;
10397 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj, &outrel, loc);
10400 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10403 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10405 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10407 rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
10408 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
10409 + h->root.u.def.value);
10410 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY);
10412 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel,
10413 htab->srelbss->contents
10414 + (htab->srelbss->reloc_count
10415 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
10416 ++htab->srelbss->reloc_count;
10419 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
10420 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
10421 sym->st_value &= ~1;
10426 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
10429 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
10432 bfd_vma gotplt_value, gotplt_value_high, gotplt_value_low;
10433 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
10434 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10436 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10437 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10439 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
10440 plt_entry = mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry;
10441 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd))
10442 plt_entry = mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry;
10444 plt_entry = mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry;
10446 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
10447 gotplt_value = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
10448 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset);
10449 gotplt_value_high = ((gotplt_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10450 gotplt_value_low = gotplt_value & 0xffff;
10452 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
10453 not be loaded in two instructions. */
10454 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value & ~(bfd_vma) 0x7fffffff) == 0
10455 || ~(gotplt_value | 0x7fffffff) == 0);
10457 /* Install the PLT header. */
10458 loc = htab->splt->contents;
10459 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | gotplt_value_high, loc);
10460 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 4);
10461 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 8);
10462 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
10463 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
10464 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
10465 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
10466 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
10469 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
10470 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
10473 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
10475 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
10477 bfd_vma got_value, got_value_high, got_value_low, plt_address;
10478 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
10479 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10481 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10482 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10484 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry;
10486 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10487 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
10488 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
10489 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
10491 got_value_high = ((got_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10492 got_value_low = got_value & 0xffff;
10494 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10495 plt_address = htab->splt->output_section->vma + htab->splt->output_offset;
10497 /* Install the PLT header. */
10498 loc = htab->splt->contents;
10499 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_value_high, loc);
10500 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_value_low, loc + 4);
10501 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 8);
10502 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
10503 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
10504 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
10506 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
10507 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
10508 rela.r_offset = plt_address;
10509 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
10511 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10512 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10514 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
10515 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
10516 rela.r_offset += 4;
10517 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
10518 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10519 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10521 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10522 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10523 in which symbols were output. */
10524 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
10526 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10528 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10529 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
10530 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10531 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10533 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10534 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
10535 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10536 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10538 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10539 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
10540 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10541 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10545 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
10548 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
10551 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10553 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10554 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10556 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
10557 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry); i++)
10558 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[i],
10559 htab->splt->contents + i * 4);
10562 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
10565 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
10566 struct bfd_link_info *info)
10571 struct mips_got_info *gg, *g;
10572 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10574 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10575 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10577 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
10579 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
10582 gg = htab->got_info;
10584 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
10587 int dyn_to_skip = 0, dyn_skipped = 0;
10589 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
10590 BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL);
10592 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, output_bfd);
10593 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
10595 for (b = sdyn->contents;
10596 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
10597 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
10599 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
10603 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
10605 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
10606 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
10608 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
10614 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj);
10618 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
10619 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj);
10623 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
10625 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
10630 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
10633 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
10635 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
10638 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
10639 dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */
10642 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
10643 dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */
10646 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
10650 dyn.d_un.d_val = t;
10654 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
10656 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10659 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
10661 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10664 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
10665 s = output_bfd->sections;
10666 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
10667 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
10670 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
10671 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno;
10674 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
10675 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
10676 entry of the first external symbol that is not
10677 referenced within the same object. */
10678 dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1;
10681 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
10682 if (htab->global_gotsym)
10684 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->global_gotsym->dynindx;
10687 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
10688 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
10689 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
10691 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
10693 elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd);
10694 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
10695 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
10697 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size / elemsize;
10700 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
10701 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
10704 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
10706 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
10707 h = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol;
10710 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
10711 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10714 s = h->root.u.def.section;
10715 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset
10716 + h->root.u.def.value);
10720 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
10721 s = (bfd_get_section_by_name
10722 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)));
10723 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
10727 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
10728 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
10730 dyn.d_un.d_val -= htab->srelplt->size;
10734 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10735 if (htab->is_vxworks)
10736 dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_RELA;
10738 dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_REL;
10742 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10743 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->srelplt->size;
10747 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10748 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (htab->srelplt->output_section->vma
10749 + htab->srelplt->output_offset);
10753 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
10754 the dynamic tag. */
10755 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
10757 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
10758 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10763 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
10764 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
10765 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
10766 dyn.d_un.d_val &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
10768 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10772 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10773 if (htab->is_vxworks
10774 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
10779 if (swap_out_p || dyn_skipped)
10780 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
10781 (dynobj, &dyn, b - dyn_skipped);
10785 dyn_skipped += dyn_to_skip;
10790 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
10791 if (dyn_skipped > 0)
10792 memset (b - dyn_skipped, 0, dyn_skipped);
10795 if (sgot != NULL && sgot->size > 0
10796 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot->output_section))
10798 if (htab->is_vxworks)
10800 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
10801 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
10802 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
10803 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
10804 to the lazy resolution stub. */
10805 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd,
10806 sdyn->output_offset + sdyn->output_section->vma,
10808 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
10809 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10810 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
10812 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10816 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
10817 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
10818 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
10819 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
10820 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
10821 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10824 elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
10825 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
10828 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
10829 if (gg != NULL && gg->next)
10831 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
10832 bfd_vma addend = 0;
10834 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
10835 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_REL32);
10837 for (g = gg->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
10839 bfd_vma got_index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno
10840 + g->next->tls_gotno;
10842 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents
10843 + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10844 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
10846 + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10848 if (! info->shared)
10851 while (got_index < g->assigned_gotno)
10853 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset
10854 = got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
10855 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10856 (output_bfd, info, rel, NULL,
10857 bfd_abs_section_ptr,
10858 0, &addend, sgot)))
10860 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
10865 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
10866 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
10869 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
10872 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
10874 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
10876 for (b = sdyn->contents;
10877 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
10878 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
10880 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
10883 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
10884 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
10886 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
10892 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
10893 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
10894 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
10895 are trailing null entries. */
10896 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10897 dyn.d_un.d_val = (s->reloc_count
10898 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
10899 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)
10900 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
10901 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
10902 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
10903 elf_section_data (s->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_size
10908 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10913 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
10920 Elf32_compact_rel cpt;
10922 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
10924 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
10925 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
10929 cpt.num = s->reloc_count;
10931 cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos
10932 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
10935 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt,
10936 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel *)
10939 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
10940 if (htab->sstubs != NULL)
10942 file_ptr dummy_offset;
10944 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size >= htab->function_stub_size);
10945 dummy_offset = htab->sstubs->size - htab->function_stub_size;
10946 memset (htab->sstubs->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
10947 htab->function_stub_size);
10952 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
10953 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
10954 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
10955 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
10956 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
10958 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10960 && s->size > (bfd_vma)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd))
10962 reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd;
10964 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
10965 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
10966 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel),
10967 sort_dynamic_relocs_64);
10969 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
10970 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel),
10971 sort_dynamic_relocs);
10976 if (htab->splt && htab->splt->size > 0)
10978 if (htab->is_vxworks)
10981 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd, info);
10983 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
10987 BFD_ASSERT (!info->shared);
10988 mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
10995 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
10998 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd *abfd)
11002 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
11005 case bfd_mach_mips3000:
11006 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1;
11009 case bfd_mach_mips3900:
11010 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900;
11013 case bfd_mach_mips6000:
11014 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2;
11017 case bfd_mach_mips4000:
11018 case bfd_mach_mips4300:
11019 case bfd_mach_mips4400:
11020 case bfd_mach_mips4600:
11021 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3;
11024 case bfd_mach_mips4010:
11025 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010;
11028 case bfd_mach_mips4100:
11029 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100;
11032 case bfd_mach_mips4111:
11033 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111;
11036 case bfd_mach_mips4120:
11037 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4120;
11040 case bfd_mach_mips4650:
11041 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650;
11044 case bfd_mach_mips5400:
11045 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5400;
11048 case bfd_mach_mips5500:
11049 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5500;
11052 case bfd_mach_mips5900:
11053 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_5900;
11056 case bfd_mach_mips9000:
11057 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_9000;
11060 case bfd_mach_mips5000:
11061 case bfd_mach_mips7000:
11062 case bfd_mach_mips8000:
11063 case bfd_mach_mips10000:
11064 case bfd_mach_mips12000:
11065 case bfd_mach_mips14000:
11066 case bfd_mach_mips16000:
11067 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4;
11070 case bfd_mach_mips5:
11071 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5;
11074 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e:
11075 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E;
11078 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f:
11079 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F;
11082 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1:
11083 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1;
11086 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a:
11087 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A;
11090 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon:
11091 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp:
11092 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON;
11095 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr:
11096 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_XLR;
11099 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2:
11100 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2;
11103 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32:
11104 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32;
11107 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64:
11108 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64;
11111 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2:
11112 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2;
11115 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2:
11116 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2;
11119 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
11120 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val;
11125 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
11126 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
11127 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
11130 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
11131 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11134 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
11138 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
11139 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
11140 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
11141 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == 0)
11142 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd);
11144 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
11145 info for each special section. */
11146 for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
11147 i < elf_numsections (abfd);
11150 switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type)
11152 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM:
11153 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
11154 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
11156 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11159 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
11160 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
11161 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
11162 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
11163 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."));
11164 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
11165 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
11166 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11169 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
11170 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
11171 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
11172 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
11173 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"));
11174 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
11175 name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
11176 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
11177 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11180 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
11181 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
11183 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11184 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist");
11186 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11189 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
11190 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
11191 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
11192 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
11193 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events"))
11194 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
11195 name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
11198 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
11199 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
11201 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
11203 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
11204 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11211 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
11215 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
11216 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11221 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
11222 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
11223 if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
11226 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
11227 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6
11228 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
11229 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)))
11232 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
11233 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5
11234 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")
11235 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"))
11238 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
11239 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
11240 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
11241 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
11247 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
11250 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
11251 struct bfd_link_info *info)
11254 struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm;
11257 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
11259 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
11260 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
11262 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
11263 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO)
11268 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11272 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO;
11274 m->sections[0] = s;
11276 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
11277 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
11279 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
11280 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
11288 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
11289 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
11290 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
11292 if (NEWABI_P (abfd)
11293 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
11294 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
11295 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
11297 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
11299 for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
11300 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
11305 struct elf_segment_map *options_segment;
11307 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
11309 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
11310 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
11313 if (*pm == NULL || (*pm)->p_type != PT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
11315 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
11316 options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11317 options_segment->next = *pm;
11318 options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
11319 options_segment->p_flags = PF_R;
11320 options_segment->p_flags_valid = TRUE;
11321 options_segment->count = 1;
11322 options_segment->sections[0] = s;
11323 *pm = options_segment;
11329 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
11331 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
11332 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
11333 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL
11334 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL
11335 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
11337 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
11338 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC)
11343 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11347 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC;
11349 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
11354 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
11359 m->sections[0] = s;
11362 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
11363 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
11364 while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC)
11374 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
11375 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
11377 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL;
11379 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)
11382 if (m != NULL && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
11384 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
11385 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
11386 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
11387 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
11388 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
11390 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X;
11391 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
11394 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
11395 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
11396 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
11397 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
11398 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
11399 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
11400 which might move one of the other sections to a different
11401 PT_LOAD segment. */
11402 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
11405 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
11407 static const char *sec_names[] =
11409 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
11413 struct elf_segment_map *n;
11415 low = ~(bfd_vma) 0;
11417 for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++)
11419 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]);
11420 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
11427 if (high < s->vma + sz)
11428 high = s->vma + sz;
11433 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
11434 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
11436 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
11439 amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
11440 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11447 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
11449 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
11451 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
11453 n->sections[i] = s;
11462 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
11463 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
11465 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
11466 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
11467 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
11468 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
11469 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
11471 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
11472 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
11473 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
11474 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
11475 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
11478 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
11479 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
11481 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
11482 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
11484 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL; pm = &(*pm)->next)
11485 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_NULL)
11489 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*m));
11493 m->p_type = PT_NULL;
11501 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
11505 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
11506 struct bfd_link_info *info,
11507 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
11508 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
11509 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
11511 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
11514 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info))
11516 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
11517 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
11521 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
11524 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
11527 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11528 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11529 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11530 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11533 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
11534 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
11535 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
11536 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
11537 unsigned long r_symndx;
11538 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
11540 if (info->relocatable)
11543 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
11544 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
11545 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
11547 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
11548 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
11549 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info))
11551 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
11552 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
11554 case R_MIPS_CALL16:
11555 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
11556 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
11557 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
11558 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
11559 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
11560 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
11561 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
11562 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
11563 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
11564 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
11565 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
11566 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
11567 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
11568 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
11569 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
11570 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
11571 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
11572 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
11573 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
11584 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
11585 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
11586 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
11587 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
11590 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
11591 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
11592 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
11594 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips;
11596 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
11598 dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
11599 indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
11600 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
11601 definition will be against the target symbol. */
11602 if (indmips->has_static_relocs)
11603 dirmips->has_static_relocs = TRUE;
11605 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
11608 dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
11609 if (indmips->readonly_reloc)
11610 dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
11611 if (indmips->no_fn_stub)
11612 dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
11613 if (indmips->fn_stub)
11615 dirmips->fn_stub = indmips->fn_stub;
11616 indmips->fn_stub = NULL;
11618 if (indmips->need_fn_stub)
11620 dirmips->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
11621 indmips->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
11623 if (indmips->call_stub)
11625 dirmips->call_stub = indmips->call_stub;
11626 indmips->call_stub = NULL;
11628 if (indmips->call_fp_stub)
11630 dirmips->call_fp_stub = indmips->call_fp_stub;
11631 indmips->call_fp_stub = NULL;
11633 if (indmips->global_got_area < dirmips->global_got_area)
11634 dirmips->global_got_area = indmips->global_got_area;
11635 if (indmips->global_got_area < GGA_NONE)
11636 indmips->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
11637 if (indmips->has_nonpic_branches)
11638 dirmips->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
11640 if (dirmips->tls_ie_type == 0)
11641 dirmips->tls_ie_type = indmips->tls_ie_type;
11642 if (dirmips->tls_gd_type == 0)
11643 dirmips->tls_gd_type = indmips->tls_gd_type;
11646 #define PDR_SIZE 32
11649 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd *abfd, struct elf_reloc_cookie *cookie,
11650 struct bfd_link_info *info)
11653 bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
11654 unsigned char *tdata;
11657 o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".pdr");
11662 if (o->size % PDR_SIZE != 0)
11664 if (o->output_section != NULL
11665 && bfd_is_abs_section (o->output_section))
11668 tdata = bfd_zmalloc (o->size / PDR_SIZE);
11672 cookie->rels = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
11673 info->keep_memory);
11680 cookie->rel = cookie->rels;
11681 cookie->relend = cookie->rels + o->reloc_count;
11683 for (i = 0, skip = 0; i < o->size / PDR_SIZE; i ++)
11685 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i * PDR_SIZE, cookie))
11694 mips_elf_section_data (o)->u.tdata = tdata;
11695 o->size -= skip * PDR_SIZE;
11701 if (! info->keep_memory)
11702 free (cookie->rels);
11708 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection *sec)
11710 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") == 0)
11716 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd *output_bfd,
11717 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11718 asection *sec, bfd_byte *contents)
11720 bfd_byte *to, *from, *end;
11723 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") != 0)
11726 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata == NULL)
11730 end = contents + sec->size;
11731 for (from = contents, i = 0;
11733 from += PDR_SIZE, i++)
11735 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata)[i] == 1)
11738 memcpy (to, from, PDR_SIZE);
11741 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, sec->output_section, contents,
11742 sec->output_offset, sec->size);
11746 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
11747 from output by default for clarity. */
11750 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
11752 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, sym->name);
11755 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
11756 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
11758 struct mips_elf_find_line
11760 struct ecoff_debug_info d;
11761 struct ecoff_find_line i;
11765 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
11766 asymbol **symbols, bfd_vma offset,
11767 const char **filename_ptr,
11768 const char **functionname_ptr,
11769 unsigned int *line_ptr)
11773 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
11774 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11778 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, dwarf_debug_sections,
11779 section, symbols, offset,
11780 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11781 line_ptr, NULL, ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0,
11782 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
11785 msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug");
11788 flagword origflags;
11789 struct mips_elf_find_line *fi;
11790 const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap =
11791 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
11793 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
11794 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
11795 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
11796 origflags = msec->flags;
11797 if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
11798 msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
11800 fi = elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info;
11803 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
11806 struct fdr *fdr_ptr;
11807 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line);
11809 fi = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11812 msec->flags = origflags;
11816 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d))
11818 msec->flags = origflags;
11822 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
11823 amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr);
11824 fi->d.fdr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
11825 if (fi->d.fdr == NULL)
11827 msec->flags = origflags;
11830 external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size;
11831 fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr;
11832 fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr;
11833 fraw_end = (fraw_src
11834 + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size);
11835 for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
11836 (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, fraw_src, fdr_ptr);
11838 elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi;
11840 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
11841 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
11842 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
11843 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
11844 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
11845 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
11848 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap,
11849 &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11852 msec->flags = origflags;
11856 msec->flags = origflags;
11859 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
11861 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
11862 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11867 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
11868 const char **filename_ptr,
11869 const char **functionname_ptr,
11870 unsigned int *line_ptr)
11873 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
11874 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
11875 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
11880 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
11881 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
11882 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
11885 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr section,
11886 const void *location,
11887 file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count)
11889 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section->name))
11893 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
11895 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data);
11896 section->used_by_bfd = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11897 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
11900 c = mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata;
11903 c = bfd_zalloc (abfd, section->size);
11906 mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata = c;
11909 memcpy (c + offset, location, count);
11912 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset,
11916 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
11917 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
11920 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
11922 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
11923 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
11925 bfd_boolean relocatable,
11928 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
11929 bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
11930 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
11933 long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
11934 arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
11937 if (reloc_size < 0)
11940 reloc_vector = bfd_malloc (reloc_size);
11941 if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
11944 /* read in the section */
11945 sz = input_section->rawsize ? input_section->rawsize : input_section->size;
11946 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, data, 0, sz))
11949 reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd,
11953 if (reloc_count < 0)
11956 if (reloc_count > 0)
11961 bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
11964 struct bfd_hash_entry *h;
11965 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh;
11966 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
11967 if (abfd && input_bfd
11968 && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec)
11972 h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE);
11973 lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h;
11980 case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
11981 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
11982 case bfd_link_hash_common:
11985 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
11986 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
11988 gp = lh->u.def.value;
11990 case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
11991 case bfd_link_hash_warning:
11993 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
11995 case bfd_link_hash_new:
12004 for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != NULL; parent++)
12006 char *error_message = NULL;
12007 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
12009 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
12010 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
12011 asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr;
12013 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
12014 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
12015 to the generic handling. */
12017 && (*parent)->howto->special_function
12018 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc)
12019 r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
12020 input_section, relocatable,
12023 r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, *parent, data,
12025 relocatable ? abfd : NULL,
12030 asection *os = input_section->output_section;
12032 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
12033 os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
12037 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
12041 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
12042 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
12043 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
12044 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address, TRUE)))
12047 case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
12048 BFD_ASSERT (error_message != NULL);
12049 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
12050 (link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section,
12051 (*parent)->address)))
12054 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
12055 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
12057 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
12058 (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
12059 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address)))
12062 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
12071 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
12072 free (reloc_vector);
12076 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
12077 free (reloc_vector);
12082 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd,
12083 asection *sec, bfd_vma addr, int count)
12085 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
12086 unsigned int sec_shndx;
12087 bfd_byte *contents;
12088 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
12089 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
12090 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
12091 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
12092 struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
12093 struct elf_link_hash_entry **start_hashes;
12094 unsigned int symcount;
12096 sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
12097 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
12099 irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
12100 irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
12102 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
12103 memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
12104 (size_t) (sec->size - addr - count));
12105 sec->size -= count;
12107 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
12108 for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
12110 /* Get the new reloc address. */
12111 if (irel->r_offset > addr)
12112 irel->r_offset -= count;
12115 BFD_ASSERT (addr % 2 == 0);
12116 BFD_ASSERT (count % 2 == 0);
12118 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
12119 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
12120 isym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
12121 for (isymend = isym + symtab_hdr->sh_info; isym < isymend; isym++)
12122 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx && isym->st_value > addr)
12123 isym->st_value -= count;
12125 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
12126 symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
12127 - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
12128 sym_hashes = start_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
12129 end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
12131 for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
12133 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
12135 if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
12136 || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
12137 && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec)
12139 bfd_vma value = sym_hash->root.u.def.value;
12141 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash->other))
12142 value &= MINUS_TWO;
12144 sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
12152 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
12153 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
12155 struct opcode_descriptor {
12156 unsigned long match;
12157 unsigned long mask;
12160 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
12164 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
12166 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
12167 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
12169 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
12171 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
12172 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
12175 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
12177 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32[] = {
12178 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
12179 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
12180 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12183 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32 =
12184 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
12186 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32 =
12187 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
12189 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32 =
12190 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
12192 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32 =
12193 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
12195 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16 =
12196 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
12198 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16 =
12199 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
12202 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
12204 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
12205 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
12206 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
12208 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
12210 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32[] = {
12211 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
12212 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
12213 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12216 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32[] = {
12217 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
12218 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
12219 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12222 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32[] = {
12223 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
12224 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
12225 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12228 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16[] = {
12229 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
12230 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
12231 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12234 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
12236 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0x17) + 2)
12237 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) \
12238 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 7)
12241 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
12243 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16 =
12244 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
12246 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32 =
12247 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
12249 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32 =
12250 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
12252 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32 =
12253 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
12255 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32 =
12256 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
12258 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12260 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16[] = {
12261 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
12263 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
12264 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
12266 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
12267 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
12268 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
12269 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12272 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12274 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32[] = {
12275 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
12277 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
12278 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
12279 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12283 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
12285 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16 =
12286 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
12288 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32 =
12289 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
12291 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16 =
12292 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
12294 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
12296 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12298 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16[] = {
12299 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
12301 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
12302 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
12303 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
12304 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12308 /* LUI instruction. */
12310 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn =
12311 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
12314 /* ADDIU instruction. */
12316 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn =
12317 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
12319 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn =
12320 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
12322 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
12323 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
12326 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
12328 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
12329 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
12330 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
12331 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
12333 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
12334 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
12336 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32[] = {
12337 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
12338 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
12339 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12342 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16 =
12343 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
12346 /* NOP instructions. */
12348 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32 =
12349 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
12351 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16 =
12352 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
12355 /* Instruction match support. */
12357 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
12360 find_match (unsigned long opcode, const struct opcode_descriptor insn[])
12362 unsigned long indx;
12364 for (indx = 0; insn[indx].mask != 0; indx++)
12365 if (MATCH (opcode, insn[indx]))
12372 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
12374 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
12375 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
12376 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
12377 the second half of another instruction. */
12380 check_br16_dslot (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr)
12382 unsigned long opcode;
12385 opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
12386 if (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd32) != 0)
12387 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
12389 else if (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd16) != 0
12390 || find_match (opcode, ds_insns_16_bd16) >= 0)
12391 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
12394 /* No delay slot. */
12400 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
12401 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
12402 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
12403 the second half of another instruction. */
12406 check_br32_dslot (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr)
12408 unsigned long opcode;
12411 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
12412 if (find_match (opcode, ds_insns_32_bd32) >= 0)
12413 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
12415 else if (find_match (opcode, ds_insns_32_bd16) >= 0)
12416 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
12419 /* No delay slot. */
12425 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
12426 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12429 check_br16 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned long reg)
12431 unsigned long opcode;
12433 opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
12434 if (MATCH (opcode, b_insn_16)
12436 || (MATCH (opcode, jr_insn_16) && reg != JR16_REG (opcode))
12438 || (MATCH (opcode, bz_insn_16) && reg != BZ16_REG (opcode))
12439 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
12440 || (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd32)
12442 && reg != JR16_REG (opcode) && reg != RA))
12448 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
12449 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12452 check_br32 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned long reg)
12454 unsigned long opcode;
12456 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
12457 if (MATCH (opcode, j_insn_32)
12459 || MATCH (opcode, bc_insn_32)
12460 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
12461 || (MATCH (opcode, jal_x_insn_32_bd32) && reg != RA)
12463 || (MATCH (opcode, bz_insn_32) && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode))
12464 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
12465 || (MATCH (opcode, bzal_insn_32)
12466 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
12467 && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode) && reg != RA)
12468 || ((MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_32) || MATCH (opcode, beq_insn_32))
12469 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
12470 && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode) && reg != OP32_TREG (opcode)))
12476 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
12477 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
12478 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12481 check_relocated_bzc (bfd *abfd, const bfd_byte *ptr, bfd_vma offset,
12482 const Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
12483 const Elf_Internal_Rela *irelend)
12485 const Elf_Internal_Rela *irel;
12486 unsigned long opcode;
12488 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
12489 if (find_match (opcode, bzc_insns_32) < 0)
12492 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
12493 if (irel->r_offset == offset
12494 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1)
12500 /* Bitsize checking. */
12501 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
12502 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
12503 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
12507 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
12508 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
12509 bfd_boolean *again)
12511 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
12512 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
12513 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
12514 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
12515 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
12517 /* Assume nothing changes. */
12520 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
12521 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
12524 if (link_info->relocatable
12525 || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
12526 || sec->reloc_count == 0
12527 || (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
12530 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
12532 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
12533 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
12534 (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
12535 link_info->keep_memory));
12536 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
12539 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
12540 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
12541 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
12543 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
12544 unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
12545 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p;
12546 unsigned long opcode;
12552 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
12553 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
12557 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
12559 if (r_type != R_MICROMIPS_HI16
12560 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12561 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
12564 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
12565 if (contents == NULL)
12567 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
12568 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
12569 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
12570 /* Go get them off disk. */
12571 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
12574 ptr = contents + irel->r_offset;
12576 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
12577 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
12579 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
12580 if (isymbuf == NULL)
12581 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
12582 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
12584 if (isymbuf == NULL)
12588 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
12589 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
12591 /* A local symbol. */
12592 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
12595 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
12596 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
12597 sym_sec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
12598 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
12599 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
12600 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
12601 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
12603 sym_sec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
12604 symval = (isym->st_value
12605 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
12606 + sym_sec->output_offset);
12607 target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym->st_other);
12611 unsigned long indx;
12612 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
12614 /* An external symbol. */
12615 indx = r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
12616 h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
12617 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
12619 if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
12620 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
12621 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
12622 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
12623 regular reloc processing. */
12626 symval = (h->root.u.def.value
12627 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
12628 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
12629 target_is_micromips_code_p = (!h->needs_plt
12630 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->other));
12634 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
12635 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
12636 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
12637 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
12638 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
12639 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
12640 the linker is run. */
12642 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
12643 if (irel->r_offset + 4 > sec->size)
12646 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
12648 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
12649 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
12651 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset)
12654 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
12655 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
12656 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
12658 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
12660 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
12661 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
12662 out the offset). */
12663 if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16 && MATCH (opcode, lui_insn))
12665 bfd_boolean bzc = FALSE;
12666 unsigned long nextopc;
12670 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
12672 if (irel > internal_relocs
12673 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
12674 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info) == r_symndx)
12677 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
12678 if (irel + 1 >= irelend
12679 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[1].r_info) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
12680 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel[1].r_info) != r_symndx)
12683 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
12684 if (irel + 2 >= irelend
12685 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[2].r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
12686 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel[2].r_info) == r_symndx)
12689 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
12690 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
12691 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
12692 it through if so. */
12693 if (irel->r_offset >= 2
12694 && check_br16_dslot (abfd, ptr - 2)
12695 && !(irel->r_offset >= 4
12696 && (bzc = check_relocated_bzc (abfd,
12697 ptr - 4, irel->r_offset - 4,
12698 internal_relocs, irelend))))
12700 if (irel->r_offset >= 4
12702 && check_br32_dslot (abfd, ptr - 4))
12705 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode);
12707 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
12708 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
12709 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
12710 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
12711 offset = irel[1].r_offset - irel[0].r_offset;
12712 switch (offset - 4)
12717 if (check_br16 (abfd, ptr + 4, reg))
12721 if (check_br32 (abfd, ptr + 4, reg))
12728 nextopc = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, contents + irel[1].r_offset);
12730 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
12732 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc) != reg)
12735 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
12736 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
12737 pcrval = ((pcrval - offset + 3) | 3) ^ 3;
12739 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
12740 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval, 16))
12742 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12743 irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16);
12745 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
12746 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
12747 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
12748 nextopc &= ~0x001f0000;
12749 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (nextopc >> 16) & 0xffff,
12750 contents + irel[1].r_offset);
12753 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
12754 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
12755 the PC-relative distance. */
12756 else if (symval % 4 == 0
12757 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval + 4, 25)
12758 && MATCH (nextopc, addiu_insn)
12759 && OP32_TREG (nextopc) == OP32_SREG (nextopc)
12760 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc)))
12762 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12763 irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2);
12765 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
12766 nextopc = (addiupc_insn.match
12767 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc)));
12769 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, nextopc,
12770 contents + irel[1].r_offset);
12773 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
12777 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12778 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MIPS_NONE);
12780 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
12785 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
12786 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
12787 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
12788 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
12789 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12790 && irel->r_offset + 5 < sec->size
12791 && ((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rs_insns_32)) >= 0
12792 || (fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rt_insns_32)) >= 0)
12793 && MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 4), nop_insn_16))
12797 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode) ? OP32_SREG (opcode) : OP32_TREG (opcode);
12799 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
12800 opcode = (bzc_insns_32[fndopc].match
12801 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg)
12802 | (opcode & 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
12804 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, opcode, ptr);
12806 /* Delete the 16-bit delay slot NOP: two bytes from
12807 irel->offset + 4. */
12812 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
12813 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
12814 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12815 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval - 2, 11)
12816 && find_match (opcode, b_insns_32) >= 0)
12818 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12819 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1);
12821 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
12824 | (opcode & 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
12827 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
12832 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
12833 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
12834 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12835 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval - 2, 8)
12836 && (((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rs_insns_32)) >= 0
12837 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode)))
12838 || ((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rt_insns_32)) >= 0
12839 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode)))))
12843 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode) ? OP32_SREG (opcode) : OP32_TREG (opcode);
12845 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12846 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
12848 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
12850 (bz_insns_16[fndopc].match
12851 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg)
12852 | (opcode & 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
12855 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
12860 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
12861 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
12862 && target_is_micromips_code_p
12863 && irel->r_offset + 7 < sec->size
12864 && MATCH (opcode, jal_insn_32_bd32))
12866 unsigned long n32opc;
12867 bfd_boolean relaxed = FALSE;
12869 n32opc = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr + 4);
12871 if (MATCH (n32opc, nop_insn_32))
12873 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
12874 bfd_put_16 (abfd, nop_insn_16.match, ptr + 4);
12878 else if (find_match (n32opc, move_insns_32) >= 0)
12880 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
12882 (move_insn_16.match
12883 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc))
12884 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc))),
12889 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
12890 instructions will be handled here later. */
12894 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
12895 with 16-bit delay slot. */
12896 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, jal_insn_32_bd16.match, ptr);
12898 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
12906 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
12907 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
12908 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
12909 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
12911 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
12912 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec,
12913 irel->r_offset + deloff, delcnt))
12916 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
12917 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
12922 if (isymbuf != NULL
12923 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
12925 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
12929 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
12930 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
12934 if (contents != NULL
12935 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
12937 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
12941 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
12942 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
12946 if (internal_relocs != NULL
12947 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
12948 free (internal_relocs);
12953 if (isymbuf != NULL
12954 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
12956 if (contents != NULL
12957 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
12959 if (internal_relocs != NULL
12960 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
12961 free (internal_relocs);
12966 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
12968 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
12969 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
12971 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
12972 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table);
12974 ret = bfd_zmalloc (amt);
12978 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
12979 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
12980 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry),
12987 return &ret->root.root;
12990 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
12992 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
12993 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
12995 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
12997 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
13000 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
13002 htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ret;
13003 htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
13004 htab->is_vxworks = TRUE;
13009 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
13010 and copy relocs. */
13013 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
13015 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
13018 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
13019 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
13020 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
13023 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
13026 struct bfd_link_order *p;
13027 asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec;
13028 asection *rtproc_sec;
13029 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo;
13030 struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
13031 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
13032 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
13033 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap = bed->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
13034 HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
13035 void *mdebug_handle = NULL;
13040 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
13042 static const char * const secname[] =
13044 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
13045 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
13047 static const int sc[] =
13049 scText, scInit, scFini, scData,
13050 scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss
13053 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
13055 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
13056 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
13058 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd, info))
13061 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
13063 hti.output_bfd = abfd;
13065 htab_traverse (htab->la25_stubs, mips_elf_create_la25_stub, &hti);
13069 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
13070 if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0)
13072 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
13074 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
13075 if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
13076 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value
13077 + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
13078 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
13079 else if (htab->is_vxworks
13080 && (h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash,
13081 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
13082 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
13083 && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
13084 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
13085 + h->u.def.section->output_offset
13087 else if (info->relocatable)
13089 bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE;
13091 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
13092 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
13094 && (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL))
13097 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
13098 elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info);
13102 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
13103 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
13104 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
13108 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
13110 reginfo_sec = NULL;
13112 gptab_data_sec = NULL;
13113 gptab_bss_sec = NULL;
13114 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
13116 if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0)
13118 memset (®info, 0, sizeof reginfo);
13120 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
13121 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
13122 the information together. */
13123 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
13125 asection *input_section;
13127 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
13130 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
13132 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
13137 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
13138 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
13140 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section,
13141 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
13144 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub);
13146 reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask;
13147 reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0];
13148 reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1];
13149 reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2];
13150 reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3];
13152 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
13153 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
13154 finally written out. */
13156 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13157 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13158 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
13161 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
13162 BFD_ASSERT(o->size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
13164 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13165 matters, but someday it might). */
13166 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
13171 if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0)
13173 struct extsym_info einfo;
13176 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
13177 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
13178 the information together. */
13179 symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic;
13180 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
13181 symhdr->vstamp = 0;
13182 symhdr->ilineMax = 0;
13183 symhdr->cbLine = 0;
13184 symhdr->idnMax = 0;
13185 symhdr->ipdMax = 0;
13186 symhdr->isymMax = 0;
13187 symhdr->ioptMax = 0;
13188 symhdr->iauxMax = 0;
13189 symhdr->issMax = 0;
13190 symhdr->issExtMax = 0;
13191 symhdr->ifdMax = 0;
13193 symhdr->iextMax = 0;
13195 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
13196 debug_info structure. */
13198 debug.external_dnr = NULL;
13199 debug.external_pdr = NULL;
13200 debug.external_sym = NULL;
13201 debug.external_opt = NULL;
13202 debug.external_aux = NULL;
13204 debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL;
13205 debug.external_fdr = NULL;
13206 debug.external_rfd = NULL;
13207 debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL;
13209 mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info);
13210 if (mdebug_handle == NULL)
13214 esym.cobol_main = 0;
13218 esym.asym.iss = issNil;
13219 esym.asym.st = stLocal;
13220 esym.asym.reserved = 0;
13221 esym.asym.index = indexNil;
13223 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++)
13225 esym.asym.sc = sc[i];
13226 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]);
13229 esym.asym.value = s->vma;
13230 last = s->vma + s->size;
13233 esym.asym.value = last;
13234 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap,
13235 secname[i], &esym))
13239 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
13241 asection *input_section;
13243 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap;
13244 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug;
13248 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
13250 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
13255 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
13256 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
13258 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd))
13260 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
13261 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
13262 want to deal with it. */
13266 input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
13267 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap);
13269 BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->size);
13271 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
13272 read in the debugging information and set up an
13273 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
13274 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section,
13278 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
13279 (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd,
13280 &input_debug, input_swap, info)))
13283 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
13284 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
13285 the linker global hash table and save the information
13286 for the output external symbols. */
13287 eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext;
13288 eraw_end = (eraw_src
13289 + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax
13290 * input_swap->external_ext_size));
13292 eraw_src < eraw_end;
13293 eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size)
13297 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
13299 (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, eraw_src, &ext);
13300 if (ext.asym.sc == scNil
13301 || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined
13302 || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined)
13305 name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss;
13306 h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
13307 name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
13308 if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2)
13313 BFD_ASSERT (ext.ifd
13314 < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax);
13315 ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd];
13321 /* Free up the information we just read. */
13322 free (input_debug.line);
13323 free (input_debug.external_dnr);
13324 free (input_debug.external_pdr);
13325 free (input_debug.external_sym);
13326 free (input_debug.external_opt);
13327 free (input_debug.external_aux);
13328 free (input_debug.ss);
13329 free (input_debug.ssext);
13330 free (input_debug.external_fdr);
13331 free (input_debug.external_rfd);
13332 free (input_debug.external_ext);
13334 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13335 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13336 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
13339 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && info->shared)
13341 /* Create .rtproc section. */
13342 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rtproc");
13343 if (rtproc_sec == NULL)
13345 flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
13346 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
13348 rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
13351 if (rtproc_sec == NULL
13352 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4))
13356 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd,
13362 /* Build the external symbol information. */
13365 einfo.debug = &debug;
13367 einfo.failed = FALSE;
13368 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
13369 mips_elf_output_extsym, &einfo);
13373 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
13374 o->size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap);
13376 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13377 matters, but someday it might). */
13378 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
13383 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o->name, ".gptab."))
13385 const char *subname;
13388 Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab;
13391 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
13392 information describing how the small data area would
13393 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
13394 not used in executables files. */
13395 if (! info->relocatable)
13397 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
13399 asection *input_section;
13401 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
13403 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
13408 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
13410 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13411 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13412 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
13415 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
13416 currently matters, but someday it might). */
13417 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
13419 /* Really remove the section. */
13420 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, o);
13421 --abfd->section_count;
13426 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
13427 uninitialized data. */
13428 if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
13429 gptab_data_sec = o;
13430 else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
13434 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13435 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
13436 bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name);
13437 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
13441 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
13442 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
13443 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
13444 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
13445 case we must change the name of the output section. */
13446 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
13447 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL)
13449 if (o == gptab_data_sec)
13450 o->name = ".gptab.data";
13452 o->name = ".gptab.bss";
13453 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
13454 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL);
13457 /* Set up the first entry. */
13459 amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
13460 tab = bfd_malloc (amt);
13463 tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd);
13464 tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0;
13466 /* Combine the input sections. */
13467 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
13469 asection *input_section;
13471 bfd_size_type size;
13472 unsigned long last;
13473 bfd_size_type gpentry;
13475 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
13477 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
13482 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
13483 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
13485 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
13486 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
13487 sorted by ascending -G value. */
13488 size = input_section->size;
13490 for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
13492 gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))
13494 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab;
13495 Elf32_gptab int_gptab;
13501 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
13502 (input_bfd, input_section, &ext_gptab, gpentry,
13503 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))))
13509 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab,
13511 val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value;
13512 add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last;
13515 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
13517 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val)
13518 tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add;
13520 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val)
13526 Elf32_gptab *new_tab;
13529 /* We need a new table entry. */
13530 amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
13531 new_tab = bfd_realloc (tab, amt);
13532 if (new_tab == NULL)
13538 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val;
13539 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add;
13541 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
13542 value, since that will be implied by this new
13545 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
13547 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val
13549 || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value
13550 > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value)))
13554 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes +=
13555 tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes;
13560 last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes;
13563 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13564 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13565 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
13568 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
13570 qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare);
13572 /* Swap out the table. */
13573 amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
13574 ext_tab = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
13575 if (ext_tab == NULL)
13581 for (j = 0; j < c; j++)
13582 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j);
13585 o->size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
13586 o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab;
13588 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13589 matters, but someday it might). */
13590 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
13594 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
13595 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info))
13598 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
13600 if (reginfo_sec != NULL)
13602 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
13604 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, ®info, &ext);
13605 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
13609 if (mdebug_sec != NULL)
13611 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun);
13612 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug,
13614 mdebug_sec->filepos))
13617 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info);
13620 if (gptab_data_sec != NULL)
13622 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec,
13623 gptab_data_sec->contents,
13624 0, gptab_data_sec->size))
13628 if (gptab_bss_sec != NULL)
13630 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec,
13631 gptab_bss_sec->contents,
13632 0, gptab_bss_sec->size))
13636 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
13638 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
13639 if (rtproc_sec != NULL)
13641 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec,
13642 rtproc_sec->contents,
13643 0, rtproc_sec->size))
13651 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
13653 struct mips_mach_extension {
13654 unsigned long extension, base;
13658 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
13659 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
13661 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions[] = {
13662 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
13663 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp },
13664 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp, bfd_mach_mips_octeon },
13665 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 },
13667 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
13668 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13669 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13670 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13671 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13673 /* MIPS V extensions. */
13674 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 },
13676 /* R10000 extensions. */
13677 { bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
13678 { bfd_mach_mips14000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
13679 { bfd_mach_mips16000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
13681 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
13682 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
13683 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
13684 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
13685 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
13686 { bfd_mach_mips5500, bfd_mach_mips5400 },
13687 { bfd_mach_mips5400, bfd_mach_mips5000 },
13689 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
13690 { bfd_mach_mips5, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13691 { bfd_mach_mips10000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13692 { bfd_mach_mips5000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13693 { bfd_mach_mips7000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13694 { bfd_mach_mips9000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13696 /* VR4100 extensions. */
13697 { bfd_mach_mips4120, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
13698 { bfd_mach_mips4111, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
13700 /* MIPS III extensions. */
13701 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13702 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13703 { bfd_mach_mips8000, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13704 { bfd_mach_mips4650, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13705 { bfd_mach_mips4600, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13706 { bfd_mach_mips4400, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13707 { bfd_mach_mips4300, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13708 { bfd_mach_mips4100, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13709 { bfd_mach_mips4010, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13710 { bfd_mach_mips5900, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13712 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
13713 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa32 },
13715 /* MIPS II extensions. */
13716 { bfd_mach_mips4000, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
13717 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
13719 /* MIPS I extensions. */
13720 { bfd_mach_mips6000, bfd_mach_mips3000 },
13721 { bfd_mach_mips3900, bfd_mach_mips3000 }
13725 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
13728 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base, unsigned long extension)
13732 if (extension == base)
13735 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32
13736 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64, extension))
13739 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
13740 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, extension))
13743 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions); i++)
13744 if (extension == mips_mach_extensions[i].extension)
13746 extension = mips_mach_extensions[i].base;
13747 if (extension == base)
13755 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
13758 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags)
13760 return ((flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) != 0
13761 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
13762 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
13763 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
13764 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
13765 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
13766 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2);
13770 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
13771 there are conflicting attributes. */
13773 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
13775 obj_attribute *in_attr;
13776 obj_attribute *out_attr;
13779 abi_fp_bfd = mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd;
13780 in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
13781 if (!abi_fp_bfd && in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != 0)
13782 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd = ibfd;
13784 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i)
13786 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
13787 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
13789 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
13791 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i = 1;
13796 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
13797 non-conflicting ones. */
13798 out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
13799 if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13801 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].type = 1;
13802 if (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i == 0)
13803 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
13804 else if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != 0)
13805 switch (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13808 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13812 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13813 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, "-mdouble-float", "-msingle-float");
13818 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13819 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
13824 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13825 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13826 "-mdouble-float", "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
13831 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13832 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13833 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13834 "-mdouble-float", in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
13840 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13844 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13845 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, "-msingle-float", "-mdouble-float");
13850 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13851 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
13856 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13857 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13858 "-msingle-float", "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
13863 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13864 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13865 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13866 "-msingle-float", in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
13872 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13878 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13879 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, "-msoft-float", "-mhard-float");
13884 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13885 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13886 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13887 "-msoft-float", in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
13893 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13897 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13898 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13899 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", "-mdouble-float");
13904 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13905 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13906 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", "-msingle-float");
13911 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13912 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
13917 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13918 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13919 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13920 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
13926 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13930 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13931 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13932 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13933 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i, "-mdouble-float");
13938 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13939 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13940 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13941 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i, "-msingle-float");
13946 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13947 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13948 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13949 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i, "-msoft-float");
13954 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13955 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13956 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13957 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i, "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
13962 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13963 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13964 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13965 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i,
13966 in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
13973 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
13974 _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
13979 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
13980 object file when linking. */
13983 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
13985 flagword old_flags;
13986 flagword new_flags;
13988 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE;
13991 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
13992 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
13994 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13995 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
14000 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd) || !is_mips_elf (obfd))
14003 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0)
14005 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14006 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
14011 if (!mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd))
14014 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
14015 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
14016 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
14018 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
14020 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
14021 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
14022 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
14023 = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS];
14025 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
14026 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default
14027 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd),
14028 bfd_get_mach (ibfd))))
14030 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
14031 bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
14038 /* Check flag compatibility. */
14040 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
14041 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
14043 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
14044 doesn't seem to matter. */
14045 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
14046 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
14048 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
14049 just be able to ignore this. */
14050 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
14051 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
14053 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
14054 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
14055 new_flags |= EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC;
14057 if (new_flags == old_flags)
14060 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
14061 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
14062 actually cause any incompatibility. */
14063 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
14065 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
14066 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
14067 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
14068 not affect compatibility. */
14069 if ((sec->flags & SEC_IS_COMMON) == 0
14070 && strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo")
14071 && strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug")
14073 || (strcmp (sec->name, ".text")
14074 && strcmp (sec->name, ".data")
14075 && strcmp (sec->name, ".bss"))))
14077 null_input_bfd = FALSE;
14081 if (null_input_bfd)
14086 if (((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0)
14087 != ((old_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0))
14089 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14090 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
14095 if (new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC))
14096 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC;
14097 if (! (new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC))
14098 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
14100 new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
14101 old_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
14103 /* Compare the ISAs. */
14104 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags))
14106 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14107 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
14111 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (obfd)))
14113 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
14114 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
14116 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
14117 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
14118 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
14119 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd));
14120 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
14121 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
14122 |= new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
14124 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
14125 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
14126 if ((old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == 0
14127 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags)
14128 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags & ~EF_MIPS_ABI))
14129 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI;
14133 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
14134 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14135 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14137 bfd_printable_name (ibfd),
14138 bfd_printable_name (obfd));
14143 new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
14144 old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
14146 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
14147 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
14148 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
14149 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
14150 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
14152 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
14153 if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
14154 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
14155 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
14157 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14158 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14160 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd),
14161 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd));
14164 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
14165 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
14168 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
14169 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
14170 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE))
14172 int old_micro = old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS;
14173 int new_micro = new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS;
14174 int old_m16 = old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16;
14175 int new_m16 = new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16;
14176 int micro_mis = old_m16 && new_micro;
14177 int m16_mis = old_micro && new_m16;
14179 if (m16_mis || micro_mis)
14181 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14182 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14184 m16_mis ? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
14185 m16_mis ? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
14189 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
14191 new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
14192 old_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
14195 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
14196 if (new_flags != old_flags)
14198 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14199 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
14200 ibfd, (unsigned long) new_flags,
14201 (unsigned long) old_flags);
14207 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
14214 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
14217 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
14219 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
14220 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
14222 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
14223 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
14228 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag)
14232 default: return "";
14233 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
14234 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
14235 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
14236 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
14237 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
14238 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
14239 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
14240 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
14241 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
14242 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
14243 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
14244 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
14246 return "MIPS_MSYM";
14247 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
14248 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
14249 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
14250 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
14251 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
14252 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
14253 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO:
14254 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
14255 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO:
14256 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
14257 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
14258 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
14259 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
14260 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
14261 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
14262 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
14263 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
14264 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
14265 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
14266 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
14267 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS:
14268 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
14269 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO:
14270 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
14271 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE:
14272 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
14273 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO:
14274 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
14275 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC:
14276 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
14277 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO:
14278 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
14279 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM:
14280 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
14281 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO:
14282 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
14283 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM:
14284 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
14285 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO:
14286 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
14287 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS:
14288 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
14289 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT:
14290 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
14291 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
14292 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
14293 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX:
14294 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
14295 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX:
14296 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
14297 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX:
14298 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
14299 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX:
14300 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
14301 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
14302 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
14303 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE:
14304 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
14305 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN:
14306 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
14307 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE:
14308 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
14309 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR:
14310 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
14311 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX:
14312 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
14313 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE:
14314 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
14315 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE:
14316 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
14317 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC:
14318 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
14319 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
14320 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
14321 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT:
14322 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
14327 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr)
14331 BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
14333 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
14334 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
14336 /* xgettext:c-format */
14337 fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
14339 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
14340 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]"));
14341 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64)
14342 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]"));
14343 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32)
14344 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
14345 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
14346 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
14347 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
14348 fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]"));
14349 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
14350 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]"));
14351 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
14352 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]"));
14354 fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]"));
14356 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1)
14357 fprintf (file, " [mips1]");
14358 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2)
14359 fprintf (file, " [mips2]");
14360 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3)
14361 fprintf (file, " [mips3]");
14362 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4)
14363 fprintf (file, " [mips4]");
14364 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5)
14365 fprintf (file, " [mips5]");
14366 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32)
14367 fprintf (file, " [mips32]");
14368 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64)
14369 fprintf (file, " [mips64]");
14370 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2)
14371 fprintf (file, " [mips32r2]");
14372 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2)
14373 fprintf (file, " [mips64r2]");
14375 fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
14377 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
14378 fprintf (file, " [mdmx]");
14380 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
14381 fprintf (file, " [mips16]");
14383 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS)
14384 fprintf (file, " [micromips]");
14386 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)
14387 fprintf (file, " [32bitmode]");
14389 fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
14391 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER)
14392 fprintf (file, " [noreorder]");
14394 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC)
14395 fprintf (file, " [PIC]");
14397 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_CPIC)
14398 fprintf (file, " [CPIC]");
14400 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_XGOT)
14401 fprintf (file, " [XGOT]");
14403 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_UCODE)
14404 fprintf (file, " [UCODE]");
14406 fputc ('\n', file);
14411 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections[] =
14413 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
14414 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
14415 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG, 0 },
14416 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
14417 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
14418 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE, 0 },
14419 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
14422 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
14423 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
14424 definiton of the symbol. */
14426 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
14427 const Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
14428 bfd_boolean definition,
14429 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14431 if ((isym->st_other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
14433 unsigned char other;
14435 other = (definition ? isym->st_other : h->other);
14436 other &= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
14437 h->other = other | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other);
14441 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym->st_other))
14442 h->other |= STO_OPTIONAL;
14445 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
14446 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
14448 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
14450 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->other) ? TRUE : FALSE;
14454 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
14456 return (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
14457 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
14458 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON);
14461 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
14462 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
14465 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
14466 const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14469 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry)
14470 + i * 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry));
14474 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
14476 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
14477 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
14479 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
14482 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (link_info);
14483 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
14485 if (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs && !htab->is_vxworks)
14486 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 1;